Consistency check for merge sections
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
b90efa5b 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132
RH
34@ifset AOUT
35@set aout-bout
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset BOUT
44@set aout-bout
45@end ifset
46@ifset H8/300
47@set H8
48@end ifset
252b5132
RH
49@ifset SH
50@set H8
51@end ifset
52@ifset HPPA
53@set abnormal-separator
54@end ifset
55@c ------------
56@ifset GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS}
58@end ifset
59@ifclear GENERIC
60@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
61@end ifclear
62@setchapternewpage odd
63@c %**end of header
64
65@c @smallbook
66@c @set SMALL
67@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
68@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
69@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
70@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 71@c
252b5132
RH
72@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
73@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
74@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
75@c break.
01642c12 76@c
252b5132
RH
77@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
78@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
79@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
80@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 81@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
82@ifinfo
83@set SMALL
84@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
85@c might as well show 'em anyways.
86@end ifinfo
87
9160ea82
AM
88@ifnottex
89@dircategory Software development
90@direntry
252b5132 91* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 92* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
93@end direntry
94@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
95
96@finalout
97@syncodeindex ky cp
98
0e9517a9 99@copying
252b5132
RH
100This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
101
0285c67d 102@c man begin COPYRIGHT
b90efa5b 103Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 104
0285c67d 105Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 106under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
107or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
108with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
109Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 110section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
111
112@c man end
0e9517a9 113@end copying
252b5132
RH
114
115@titlepage
116@title Using @value{AS}
117@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
118@ifclear GENERIC
119@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
120@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
121@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
122@sp 1
123@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
124@end ifset
252b5132
RH
125@sp 1
126@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
127@sp 1
128@sp 13
b45619c0 129The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 130Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 131first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
132The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
133distracting the boss while they got some work
134done.
135@sp 3
136@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
137@page
138@tex
139{\parskip=0pt
140\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
141\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
142}
143%"boxit" macro for figures:
144%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
145\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
146 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
147#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
148\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
149@end tex
150
151@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
b90efa5b 152Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 153
cf055d54 154 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 155 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
156 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
157 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
158 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 159 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 160
252b5132 161@end titlepage
4ecceb71 162@contents
252b5132 163
2e64b665 164@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
165@node Top
166@top Using @value{AS}
167
e49e529d
JM
168This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
169@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
170@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
171@end ifset
172version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 173@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 174This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
175code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
176@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
177
178This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
179Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 180section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 181
252b5132
RH
182@menu
183* Overview:: Overview
184* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
185* Syntax:: Syntax
186* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
187* Symbols:: Symbols
188* Expressions:: Expressions
189* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
190@ifset ELF
191* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
192@end ifset
252b5132
RH
193* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
194* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
195* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 196* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 197* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 198@end menu
2e64b665 199@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
200
201@node Overview
202@chapter Overview
203@iftex
a4fb0134 204This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 205@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 206This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
207code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
208@end ifclear
209@end iftex
210
211@cindex invocation summary
212@cindex option summary
213@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 214Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 215see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 216
0285c67d
NC
217@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
218
a4fb0134 219@ignore
0285c67d
NC
220@c man begin SEEALSO
221gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
222@c man end
a4fb0134 223@end ignore
0285c67d 224
252b5132
RH
225@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
226@c to be limited to one line for the header.
227@smallexample
0285c67d 228@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 229@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 230 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 231 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 232 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
233 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
234 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
235 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
236 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9
NC
237 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
238 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
239 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
240 [@b{--statistics}]
241 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
242 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
243 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 244 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
247@c
248@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 249@c Add an empty line for separation.
a06ea964
NC
250@ifset AARCH64
251
252@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
253 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 254 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 255@end ifset
625e1353
RH
256@ifset ALPHA
257
258@emph{Target Alpha options:}
259 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
260 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 261 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
262 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
263 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
264@end ifset
252b5132 265@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
266
267@emph{Target ARC options:}
268 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
269 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
270@end ifset
271@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
272
273@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 274@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
275 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
276 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
277 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
278 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 279 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 280 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
281 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
282 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
283 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 284 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 285@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
286@ifset Blackfin
287
288@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
289 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
290 [@b{-mfdpic}]
291 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
292 [@b{-mnopic}]
293@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
294@ifset CRIS
295
296@emph{Target CRIS options:}
297 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
298 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
299 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 300 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
301@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
302@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
303@end ifset
252b5132 304@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
305
306@emph{Target D10V options:}
307 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
308@end ifset
309@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
310
311@emph{Target D30V options:}
312 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 313@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
314@ifset EPIPHANY
315
316@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
317 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
318@end ifset
252b5132 319@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
320
321@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
322 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
323@end ifset
324@ifset HPPA
325@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
326@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
327@ifset I80386
328
329@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 330 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 331 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
332@end ifset
333@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
334
335@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 336@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
337 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
338 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
339 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 340@end ifset
587fe2b3 341@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 342
9e32ca89
NC
343@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
344 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
345 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
346 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 347 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 348 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 349 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
350 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
351@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
352@ifset IP2K
353
354@emph{Target IP2K options:}
355 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
356@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
357@ifset M32C
358
359@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 360 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 361@end ifset
587fe2b3 362@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 363
a4fb0134
SC
364@emph{Target M32R options:}
365 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 366 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 367@end ifset
252b5132 368@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
369
370@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
371 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 372@end ifset
60bcf0fa 373@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
374
375@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 376 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
377 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
378 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 379 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
380 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
381 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
382@end ifset
383@ifset MCORE
384
385@emph{Target MCORE options:}
386 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
387 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 388@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
389@ifset METAG
390
391@emph{Target Meta options:}
392 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
393@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
394@ifset MICROBLAZE
395@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
396@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
397@end ifset
252b5132 398@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
399
400@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 401 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 402 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 403 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
405 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
406 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 407 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 408 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
409 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
410 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
ba92f887 412 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 413 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 414 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
df58fc94 415 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 416 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 417 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 418 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 419 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 420 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
56d438b1 421 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 422 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 423 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 424 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
833794fc 425 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 426 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 427 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
428 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
429 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 430 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 431 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
432@end ifset
433@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
434
435@emph{Target MMIX options:}
436 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
437 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
438 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 439 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 440@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
441@ifset NIOSII
442
443@emph{Target Nios II options:}
444 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
445 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
446@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
447@ifset NDS32
448
449@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
450 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
451 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
452 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
453 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
454 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
455 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
456 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
457 [@b{-mb2bb}]
458@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
459@ifset PDP11
460
461@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
462 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
463 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 464 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
465@end ifset
466@ifset PJ
467
468@emph{Target picoJava options:}
469 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
470@end ifset
471@ifset PPC
472
473@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
474 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
475 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
476 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 477 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 478 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
5817ffd1
PB
479 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-ma2}|@b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
480 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 481 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
482 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
483 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 484 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 485 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 486@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
487@ifset RL78
488
489@emph{Target RL78 options:}
490 [@b{-mg10}]
491 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
492@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
493@ifset RX
494
495@emph{Target RX options:}
496 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 497 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
498 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
499 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
500 [@b{-mpid}]
501 [@b{-mrelax}]
502 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
503 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 504@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
505@ifset S390
506
507@emph{Target s390 options:}
508 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
509 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
510 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
511@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
512@ifset SCORE
513
514@emph{Target SCORE options:}
515 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
516 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
517 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
518 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
519@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
520@ifset SPARC
521
522@emph{Target SPARC options:}
523@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
524 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
525 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
526 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
527 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
528@end ifset
529@ifset TIC54X
530
531@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 532 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
533 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
534@end ifset
40b36596
JM
535@ifset TIC6X
536
537@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
538 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
539 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
540 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 541@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
542@ifset TILEGX
543
544@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 545 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
546@end ifset
547@ifset TILEPRO
548@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
549@end ifset
b6605ddd 550@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 551
b6605ddd
EB
552@emph{Target Visium options:}
553 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
554@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
555@ifset XTENSA
556
557@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
558 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
559 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
560 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
561 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
562 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 563 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 564@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
565@ifset Z80
566
567@emph{Target Z80 options:}
568 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
569 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
570 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
571 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
572 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
573 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
574 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
575@end ifset
a4fb0134 576@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 577
a4fb0134 578@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 579@end ifset
e0001a05 580
0285c67d 581@c man end
252b5132
RH
582@end smallexample
583
0285c67d
NC
584@c man begin OPTIONS
585
a4fb0134 586@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 587@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 588
83f10cb2 589@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
590Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
591
a4fb0134 592@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
593@item -ac
594omit false conditionals
595
596@item -ad
597omit debugging directives
598
83f10cb2
NC
599@item -ag
600include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
601
252b5132
RH
602@item -ah
603include high-level source
604
605@item -al
606include assembly
607
608@item -am
609include macro expansions
610
611@item -an
612omit forms processing
613
614@item -as
615include symbols
616
617@item =file
618set the name of the listing file
619@end table
620
621You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
622listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
623the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
624
caa32fe5 625@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
626Begin in alternate macro mode.
627@ifclear man
628@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
629@end ifclear
caa32fe5 630
955974c6 631@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
632Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
633ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
634linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
635given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 636
151411f8
L
637@ifset ELF
638@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
639@item --compress-debug-sections=none
640@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
641@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
642@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
643These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
644@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
645@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
646@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 647@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 648@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
649@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
650sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
651@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
652@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
653
151411f8
L
654@end ifset
655
955974c6
CC
656@item --nocompress-debug-sections
657Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
658
252b5132
RH
659@item -D
660Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
661other assemblers.
662
3d6b762c
JM
663@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
664When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
665information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
666
252b5132
RH
667@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
668Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
669@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
670indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
671value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
672use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
673
674@item -f
675``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
676compiler output).
677
329e276d
NC
678@item -g
679@itemx --gen-debug
680Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
681debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
682ECOFF or DWARF2.
683
252b5132
RH
684@item --gstabs
685Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
686may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
687
05da4302
NC
688@item --gstabs+
689Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
690extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
691debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
692may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
693the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
694
329e276d 695@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 696Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 697may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 698option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 699
b40bf0a2
NC
700@item --gdwarf-sections
701Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
702.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
703corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
704will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
705@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
706then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
707suffix.
708
21be61f5
L
709@item --size-check=error
710@itemx --size-check=warning
711Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
712
252b5132
RH
713@item --help
714Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
715
ea20a7da
CC
716@item --target-help
717Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
718
252b5132
RH
719@item -I @var{dir}
720Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
721
722@item -J
723Don't warn about signed overflow.
724
725@item -K
726@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
727This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
728@end ifclear
729@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
730Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
731@end ifset
732
733@item -L
734@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
735Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
736system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
737or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
738@ifclear man
739@xref{Symbol Names}.
740@end ifclear
252b5132 741
c3a27914
NC
742@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
743Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
744listing to @var{number}.
745
746@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
747Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
748lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
749
750@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
751Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
752@var{number} bytes.
753
754@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
755Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
756to @var{number} + 1.
757
252b5132 758@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 759Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
760
761@item -R
762Fold the data section into the text section.
763
d60646b9 764@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
765Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
766@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
767assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
768memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
769requirements at the expense of speed.
770
771@item --reduce-memory-overheads
772This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
773assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
774@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
775
451133ce
NP
776@ifset ELF
777@item --sectname-subst
778Honor substitution sequences in section names.
779@ifclear man
780@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
781@end ifclear
782@end ifset
783
252b5132
RH
784@item --statistics
785Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
786assembly.
787
788@item --strip-local-absolute
789Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
790
791@item -v
792@itemx -version
a4fb0134 793Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
794
795@item --version
a4fb0134 796Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
797
798@item -W
2bdd6cf5 799@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
800Suppress warning messages.
801
2bdd6cf5
GK
802@item --fatal-warnings
803Treat warnings as errors.
804
805@item --warn
806Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
807
252b5132
RH
808@item -w
809Ignored.
810
811@item -x
812Ignored.
813
814@item -Z
815Generate an object file even after errors.
816
817@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
818Standard input, or source files to assemble.
819
820@end table
2a633939
JM
821@c man end
822
a06ea964
NC
823@ifset AARCH64
824
825@ifclear man
826@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
827for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
828@end ifclear
829
830@ifset man
831@c man begin OPTIONS
832The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
83364-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
834@c man end
835@c man begin INCLUDE
836@include c-aarch64.texi
837@c ended inside the included file
838@end ifset
839
840@end ifset
841
2a633939
JM
842@ifset ALPHA
843
844@ifclear man
845@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
846for an Alpha processor.
847@end ifclear
848
849@ifset man
850@c man begin OPTIONS
851The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
852processor.
853@c man end
854@c man begin INCLUDE
855@include c-alpha.texi
856@c ended inside the included file
857@end ifset
858
859@end ifset
252b5132 860
2a633939 861@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
862@ifset ARC
863The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
864an ARC processor.
865
a4fb0134 866@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
867@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
868This option selects the core processor variant.
869@item -EB | -EL
870Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
871@end table
872@end ifset
873
874@ifset ARM
875The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
876processor family.
877
a4fb0134 878@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 879@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 880Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 881@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 882Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 883@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 884Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
885@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
886Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
887@item -mthumb
888Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 889@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
890Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
891@item -EB | -EL
892Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
893@item -mthumb-interwork
894Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
895ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
896@item -mccs
897Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
898@item -k
899Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
900@end table
901@end ifset
635fb38d 902@c man end
252b5132 903
9982501a 904@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
905
906@ifclear man
907@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
908configured for the Blackfin processor family.
909@end ifclear
910
911@ifset man
912@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
913The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
914the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
915@c man end
916@c man begin INCLUDE
917@include c-bfin.texi
918@c ended inside the included file
919@end ifset
9982501a 920
9982501a
JZ
921@end ifset
922
635fb38d 923@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
924@ifset CRIS
925See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
926@end ifset
927
252b5132
RH
928@ifset D10V
929The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
930a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 931@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
932@cindex D10V optimization
933@cindex optimization, D10V
934@item -O
935Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
936@end table
937@end ifset
938
939@ifset D30V
940The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
941processor.
a4fb0134 942@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
943@cindex D30V optimization
944@cindex optimization, D30V
945@item -O
946Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
947
948@cindex D30V nops
949@item -n
950Warn when nops are generated.
951
952@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
953@item -N
954Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
955@end table
956@end ifset
731caf76
L
957@c man end
958
cfb8c092
NC
959@ifset EPIPHANY
960The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
961Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
962
56b13185
JR
963@ifclear man
964@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
965configured for an Epiphany processor.
966@end ifclear
cfb8c092 967
56b13185
JR
968@ifset man
969@c man begin OPTIONS
970The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
971an Epiphany processor.
972@c man end
973@c man begin INCLUDE
974@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
975@c ended inside the included file
976@end ifset
977
978@end ifset
979
980@ifset H8300
981
982@ifclear man
983@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
984for an H8/300 processor.
985@end ifclear
986
987@ifset man
988@c man begin OPTIONS
989The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
990processor.
991@c man end
992@c man begin INCLUDE
993@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
994@c ended inside the included file
995@end ifset
cfb8c092 996
cfb8c092
NC
997@end ifset
998
731caf76 999@ifset I80386
252b5132 1000
731caf76
L
1001@ifclear man
1002@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1003configured for an i386 processor.
1004@end ifclear
1005
1006@ifset man
1007@c man begin OPTIONS
1008The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1009an i386 processor.
1010@c man end
1011@c man begin INCLUDE
1012@include c-i386.texi
1013@c ended inside the included file
1014@end ifset
1015
1016@end ifset
1017
1018@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132
RH
1019@ifset I960
1020The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1021Intel 80960 processor.
1022
a4fb0134 1023@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1024@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
1025Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
1026
1027@item -b
1028Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
1029
1030@item -no-relax
1031Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
1032error if necessary.
1033
1034@end table
1035@end ifset
1036
a40cbfa3
NC
1037@ifset IP2K
1038The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1039Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1040
1041@table @gcctabopt
1042
1043@item -mip2022ext
1044Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1045
1046@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1047Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1048just the basic IP2022 ones.
1049
1050@end table
1051@end ifset
1052
49f58d10
JB
1053@ifset M32C
1054The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1055Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1056
1057@table @gcctabopt
1058
1059@item -m32c
1060Assemble M32C instructions.
1061
1062@item -m16c
1063Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1064
c54b5932
DD
1065@item -relax
1066Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1067
1068@item -h-tick-hex
1069Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1070
49f58d10
JB
1071@end table
1072@end ifset
1073
ec694b89
NC
1074@ifset M32R
1075The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1076Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1077
a4fb0134 1078@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1079
1080@item --m32rx
1081Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1082is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1083
1084@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1085Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1086encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1087
1088@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1089Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1090encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1091
1092@end table
1093@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1094
1095@ifset M680X0
1096The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1097Motorola 68000 series.
1098
a4fb0134 1099@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1100
1101@item -l
1102Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1103
0285c67d
NC
1104@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1105@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1106@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1107Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1108is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1109
1110@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1111The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1112The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1113the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1114two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1115coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1116
1117@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1118The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1119unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1120
1121@end table
1122@end ifset
1123
36591ba1
SL
1124@ifset NIOSII
1125
1126@ifclear man
1127@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1128for an Altera Nios II processor.
1129@end ifclear
1130
1131@ifset man
1132@c man begin OPTIONS
1133The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1134Altera Nios II processor.
1135@c man end
1136@c man begin INCLUDE
1137@include c-nios2.texi
1138@c ended inside the included file
1139@end ifset
1140@end ifset
1141
e135f41b
NC
1142@ifset PDP11
1143
1144For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1145see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1146
a4fb0134 1147@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1148@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1149Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1150default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1151
1152@item -mall
1153@itemx -mall-extensions
1154Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1155
1156@item -mno-extensions
1157Disable all instruction set extensions.
1158
1159@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1160Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1161
1162@item -m@var{cpu}
1163Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1164disable all other extensions.
1165
1166@item -m@var{machine}
1167Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1168model, and disable all other extensions.
1169@end table
1170
1171@end ifset
1172
041dd5a9
ILT
1173@ifset PJ
1174The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1175a picoJava processor.
1176
a4fb0134 1177@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1178
1179@cindex PJ endianness
1180@cindex endianness, PJ
1181@cindex big endian output, PJ
1182@item -mb
1183Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1184
1185@cindex little endian output, PJ
1186@item -ml
1187Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1188
1189@end table
1190@end ifset
1191
60bcf0fa
NC
1192@ifset M68HC11
1193The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1194Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1195
a4fb0134 1196@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1197
6927f982 1198@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1199Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1200defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1201
6927f982
NC
1202@item --xgate-ramoffset
1203Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1204XGATE address space.
1205
2f904664
SC
1206@item -mshort
1207Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1208
1209@item -mlong
01642c12 1210Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1211
1212@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1213Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1214
1215@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1216Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1217
1370e33d 1218@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1219Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1220conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1221sub routine.
1222
1370e33d
NC
1223@item -S | --short-branches
1224Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1225when the offset is out of range.
1226
1227@item --strict-direct-mode
1228Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1229when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1230
1231@item --print-insn-syntax
1232Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1233
1234@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1235Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1236
1237@item --generate-example
6927f982 1238Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1239This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1240
1241@end table
1242@end ifset
1243
252b5132 1244@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1245The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1246for the SPARC architecture:
1247
a4fb0134 1248@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1249@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1250@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1251Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1252
1253@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1254@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1255
1256@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1257UltraSPARC extensions.
1258
1259@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1260For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1261equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1262
1263@item -bump
1264Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1265@end table
1266@end ifset
1267
39bec121
TW
1268@ifset TIC54X
1269The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1270architecture.
39bec121 1271
a4fb0134 1272@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1273@item -mfar-mode
1274Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1275extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1276@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1277Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1278@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1279Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1280behaviour in the shell.
1281@end table
1282@end ifset
1283
252b5132
RH
1284@ifset MIPS
1285The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1286a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1287
a4fb0134 1288@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1289@item -G @var{num}
1290This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1291implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1292use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1293
1294@cindex MIPS endianness
1295@cindex endianness, MIPS
1296@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1297@item -EB
1298Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1299
1300@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1301@item -EL
1302Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1303
1304@cindex MIPS ISA
1305@item -mips1
1306@itemx -mips2
1307@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1308@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1309@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1310@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1311@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1312@itemx -mips32r3
1313@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1314@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1315@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1316@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1317@itemx -mips64r3
1318@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1319@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1320Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1321@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1322alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1323@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1324@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1325@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1326@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1327MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1328Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1329MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1330
98508b2a
RS
1331@item -march=@var{cpu}
1332Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1333
1334@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1335Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1336
1337@item -mfix7000
1338@itemx -mno-fix7000
1339Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1340of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1341
a8d14a88
CM
1342@item -mfix-rm7000
1343@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1344Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1345followed by a load instruction.
1346
ecb4347a
DJ
1347@item -mdebug
1348@itemx -no-mdebug
1349Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1350section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1351
dcd410fe
RO
1352@item -mpdr
1353@itemx -mno-pdr
1354Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1355
437ee9d5
TS
1356@item -mgp32
1357@itemx -mfp32
1358The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1359flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1360all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1361and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1362
351cdf24
MF
1363@item -mgp64
1364@itemx -mfp64
1365The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1366flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1367all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1368and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1369
1370@item -mfpxx
1371The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1372this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1373which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
137432 or 64 bits wide.
1375
1376@item -modd-spreg
1377@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1378Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1379registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1380@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1381
437ee9d5
TS
1382@item -mips16
1383@itemx -no-mips16
1384Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1385@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1386turns off this option.
252b5132 1387
df58fc94
RS
1388@item -mmicromips
1389@itemx -mno-micromips
1390Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
1391@code{.set micromips} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-micromips}
1392turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set nomicromips}
1393at the start of the assembly file.
1394
e16bfa71
TS
1395@item -msmartmips
1396@itemx -mno-smartmips
1397Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1398equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1399@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1400
1f25f5d3
CD
1401@item -mips3d
1402@itemx -no-mips3d
1403Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1404This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1405@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1406
deec1734
CD
1407@item -mdmx
1408@itemx -no-mdmx
1409Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1410This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1411@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1412
2ef2b9ae
CF
1413@item -mdsp
1414@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1415Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1416This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1417@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1418
8b082fb1
TS
1419@item -mdspr2
1420@itemx -mno-dspr2
1421Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1422This option implies -mdsp.
1423This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1424@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1425
56d438b1
CF
1426@item -mmsa
1427@itemx -mno-msa
1428Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1429This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1430@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1431
7d64c587
AB
1432@item -mxpa
1433@itemx -mno-xpa
1434Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1435This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1436@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1437
ef2e4d86
CF
1438@item -mmt
1439@itemx -mno-mt
1440Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1441This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1442@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1443
dec0624d
MR
1444@item -mmcu
1445@itemx -mno-mcu
1446Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1447This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1448@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1449
833794fc
MR
1450@item -minsn32
1451@itemx -mno-insn32
1452Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1453microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1454instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1455the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1456option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1457start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1458selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1459
437ee9d5
TS
1460@item --construct-floats
1461@itemx --no-construct-floats
1462The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1463double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1464value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1465the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1466selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1467
3bf0dbfb
MR
1468@item --relax-branch
1469@itemx --no-relax-branch
1470The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1471branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1472out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1473
ba92f887
MR
1474@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1475Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1476(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1477
252b5132
RH
1478@cindex emulation
1479@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1480This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1481on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1482removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1483It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1484
1485The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1486@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1487is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1488big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1489preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1490
1491@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1492@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1493the native tools.
1494
252b5132
RH
1495@item --trap
1496@itemx --no-trap
1497@itemx --break
1498@itemx --no-break
1499Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1500@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1501(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1502@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1503break exception.
63486801
L
1504
1505@item -n
a4fb0134 1506When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1507time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1508@end table
1509@end ifset
1510
1511@ifset MCORE
1512The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1513an MCore processor.
1514
a4fb0134 1515@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1516@item -jsri2bsr
1517@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1518Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1519The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1520
1521@item -sifilter
1522@itemx -nosifilter
1523Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1524The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1525
1526@item -relax
1527Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1528
ec694b89
NC
1529@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1530Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1531can be assembled.
1532
1533@item -EB
1534Assemble for a big endian target.
1535
1536@item -EL
1537Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1538
1539@end table
1540@end ifset
a3c62988 1541@c man end
252b5132 1542
a3c62988
NC
1543@ifset METAG
1544
1545@ifclear man
1546@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1547for a Meta processor.
1548@end ifclear
1549
1550@ifset man
1551@c man begin OPTIONS
1552The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1553Meta processor.
1554@c man end
1555@c man begin INCLUDE
1556@include c-metag.texi
1557@c ended inside the included file
1558@end ifset
1559
1560@end ifset
1561
1562@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1563@ifset MMIX
1564See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1565@end ifset
1566
35c08157
KLC
1567@ifset NDS32
1568
1569@ifclear man
1570@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1571for a NDS32 processor.
1572@end ifclear
1573@c ended inside the included file
1574@end ifset
1575
1576@ifset man
1577@c man begin OPTIONS
1578The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1579NDS32 processor.
1580@c man end
1581@c man begin INCLUDE
1582@include c-nds32.texi
1583@c ended inside the included file
1584@end ifset
1585
635fb38d 1586@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1587@ifset PPC
1588
1589@ifclear man
1590@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1591for a PowerPC processor.
1592@end ifclear
1593
1594@ifset man
1595@c man begin OPTIONS
1596The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1597PowerPC processor.
1598@c man end
1599@c man begin INCLUDE
1600@include c-ppc.texi
1601@c ended inside the included file
1602@end ifset
1603
1604@end ifset
1605
635fb38d 1606@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1607@ifset RX
1608See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1609@end ifset
1610
11c19e16
MS
1611@ifset S390
1612The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1613processor family.
1614
1615@table @gcctabopt
1616@item -m31
1617@itemx -m64
1618Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1619@item -mesa
1620@item -mzarch
1621Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1622Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1623@item -march=@var{processor}
1624Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
cfc72779 1625@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, @samp{z10},
1e2e8c52 1626@samp{z196}, @samp{zEC12}, or @samp{z13}.
11c19e16
MS
1627@item -mregnames
1628@itemx -mno-regnames
1629Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1630@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1631Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1632but evaluates to zero.
1633@end table
1634@end ifset
2a633939 1635@c man end
11c19e16 1636
40b36596 1637@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1638
1639@ifclear man
1640@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1641for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1642@end ifclear
1643
1644@ifset man
1645@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1646The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1647TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1648@c man end
1649@c man begin INCLUDE
1650@include c-tic6x.texi
1651@c ended inside the included file
1652@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1653
1654@end ifset
1655
aa137e4d
NC
1656@ifset TILEGX
1657
1658@ifclear man
1659@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1660for a TILE-Gx processor.
1661@end ifclear
1662
1663@ifset man
1664@c man begin OPTIONS
1665The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1666processor.
1667@c man end
1668@c man begin INCLUDE
1669@include c-tilegx.texi
1670@c ended inside the included file
1671@end ifset
1672
1673@end ifset
1674
b6605ddd
EB
1675@ifset VISIUM
1676
1677@ifclear man
1678@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1679for a Visium processor.
1680@end ifclear
1681
1682@ifset man
1683@c man begin OPTIONS
1684The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1685processor.
1686@c man end
1687@c man begin INCLUDE
1688@include c-visium.texi
1689@c ended inside the included file
1690@end ifset
1691
1692@end ifset
1693
e0001a05 1694@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1695
2d8b84ae
SA
1696@ifclear man
1697@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1698for an Xtensa processor.
1699@end ifclear
1700
1701@ifset man
1702@c man begin OPTIONS
1703The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1704Xtensa processor.
1705@c man end
1706@c man begin INCLUDE
1707@include c-xtensa.texi
1708@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1709@end ifset
1710
2d8b84ae
SA
1711@end ifset
1712
1713@c man begin OPTIONS
1714
3c9b82ba
NC
1715@ifset Z80
1716The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1717a Z80 family processor.
1718@table @gcctabopt
1719@item -z80
1720Assemble for Z80 processor.
1721@item -r800
1722Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1723@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1724@itemx -Wnud
1725Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1726@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1727@itemx -Wnup
1728Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1729@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1730@itemx -Wud
1731Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1732@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1733@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1734Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1735@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1736@itemx -Fud
1737Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1738@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1739@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1740Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1741@end table
1742@end ifset
1743
0285c67d
NC
1744@c man end
1745
252b5132
RH
1746@menu
1747* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1748* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1749* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1750* Command Line:: Command Line
1751* Input Files:: Input Files
1752* Object:: Output (Object) File
1753* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1754@end menu
1755
1756@node Manual
1757@section Structure of this Manual
1758
1759@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1760This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1761@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1762notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1763@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1764
1765@ifclear GENERIC
1766We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1767configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1768@end ifclear
1769@ifset GENERIC
1770This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1771various flavors of the assembler.
1772@end ifset
1773
1774@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1775On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1776to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1777In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1778architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1779mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1780particular architecture.
1781@ifset GENERIC
1782You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1783machine architecture manual for this information.
1784@end ifset
1785@ifclear GENERIC
1786@ifset H8/300
1787For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1788Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1789Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1790@end ifset
252b5132 1791@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1792For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1793see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1794@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1795@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1796@end ifset
1797@ifset Z8000
1798For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1799@end ifset
1800@end ifclear
1801
1802@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1803@ignore
1804Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1805the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1806Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1807computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1808once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1809qualification.
1810
a4fb0134 1811@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1812human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1813computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1814@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1815@end ignore
1816
1817@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1818@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1819@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1820@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1821@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1822@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1823@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1824@c directives).
1825
1826@node GNU Assembler
1827@section The GNU Assembler
1828
0285c67d
NC
1829@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1830
a4fb0134 1831@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1832@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1833This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1834configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1835@end ifclear
1836If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1837should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1838architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1839including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1840@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1841
1842@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1843@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1844@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1845@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1846assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1847machine would assemble.
1848@ifset VAX
1849Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1850@end ifset
1851@ifset M680X0
1852@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1853@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1854This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1855assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1856incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1857@end ifset
1858
0285c67d
NC
1859@c man end
1860
a4fb0134 1861Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1862program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1863@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1864
1865@node Object Formats
1866@section Object File Formats
1867
1868@cindex object file format
1869The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1870object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1871write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1872are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1873Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1874@ifclear GENERIC
1875@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1876For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1877@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1878@end ifclear
1879@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1880@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1881On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1882@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1883@end ifset
1884@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1885On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1886SOM or ELF format object files.
1887@end ifset
1888@end ifclear
1889
1890@node Command Line
1891@section Command Line
1892
1893@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1894
a4fb0134 1895After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1896options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1897before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1898significant.
1899
1900@cindex standard input, as input file
1901@kindex --
1902@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1903explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1904
1905@cindex options, command line
1906Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1907hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1908@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1909option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1910the letter is important. All options are optional.
1911
1912Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1913name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1914with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1915standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1916
1917@smallexample
1918@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1919@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1920@end smallexample
1921
1922@node Input Files
1923@section Input Files
1924
1925@cindex input
1926@cindex source program
1927@cindex files, input
1928We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1929describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1930be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1931doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1932
1933@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1934@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1935The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1936order specified.
1937
0285c67d 1938@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1939Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1940program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1941(The standard input is also a file.)
1942
a4fb0134 1943You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1944names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1945command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1946is taken to be an input file name.
1947
a4fb0134
SC
1948If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1949from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1950may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1951to assemble.
1952
1953Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1954in your command line.
1955
a4fb0134 1956If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1957file.
1958
0285c67d
NC
1959@c man end
1960
252b5132
RH
1961@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1962
1963@cindex input file linenumbers
1964@cindex line numbers, in input files
1965There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1966either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1967number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1968``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1969
1970@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1971to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1972
1973@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1974directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1975error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1976is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1977@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1978@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1979
1980@node Object
1981@section Output (Object) File
1982
1983@cindex object file
1984@cindex output file
1985@kindex a.out
1986@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1987Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1988your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1989is the object file. Its default name is
1990@ifclear BOUT
1991@code{a.out}.
1992@end ifclear
1993@ifset BOUT
1994@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1995@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1996@end ifset
a4fb0134 1997@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1998@end ifset
a4fb0134 1999You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2000object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2001reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2002directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2003possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2004
2005@cindex linker
2006@kindex ld
2007The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2008assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2009the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2010information for the debugger.
2011
2012@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2013@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2014
2015@node Errors
2016@section Error and Warning Messages
2017
0285c67d
NC
2018@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2019
a349d9dd 2020@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2021@cindex warning messages
2022@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2023@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2024file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2025runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2026that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2027grave problem that stops the assembly.
2028
0285c67d
NC
2029@c man end
2030
252b5132
RH
2031@cindex format of warning messages
2032Warning messages have the format
2033
2034@smallexample
2035file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2036@end smallexample
2037
2038@noindent
2039@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
2040(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
2041(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
2042the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
2043@ifset GENERIC
2044(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2045@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2046then it is used to calculate the number printed,
2047otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
2048message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
2049tradition).
2050
2051@cindex format of error messages
2052Error messages have the format
2053@smallexample
2054file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2055@end smallexample
2056The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2057messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2058because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2059
2060@node Invoking
2061@chapter Command-Line Options
2062
2063@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2064This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2065versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2066for options specific
252b5132 2067@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2068to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2069@end ifclear
2070@ifset GENERIC
2071to particular machine architectures.
2072@end ifset
2073
0285c67d
NC
2074@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2075
c1253627 2076If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2077you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2078The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2079by commas. For example:
2080
2081@smallexample
2082gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2083@end smallexample
2084
2085@noindent
2086This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2087standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2088local symbols in the symbol table).
2089
2090Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2091command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2092(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2093precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2094assembler.)
2095
0285c67d
NC
2096@c man end
2097
252b5132 2098@menu
83f10cb2 2099* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2100* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2101* D:: -D for compatibility
2102* f:: -f to work faster
2103* I:: -I for .include search path
2104@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2105* K:: -K for compatibility
2106@end ifclear
2107@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2108* K:: -K for difference tables
2109@end ifset
2110
ba83aca1 2111* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2112* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2113* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2114* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2115* o:: -o to name the object file
2116* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2117* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2118* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2119* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2120* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2121* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2122@end menu
2123
2124@node a
83f10cb2 2125@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2126
2127@kindex -a
2128@kindex -ac
2129@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2130@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2131@kindex -ah
2132@kindex -al
2133@kindex -an
2134@kindex -as
2135@cindex listings, enabling
2136@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2137
2138These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2139@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2140You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2141@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2142@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2143@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2144High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2145@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2146also.
2147
83f10cb2
NC
2148Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2149information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2150
252b5132
RH
2151Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2152which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2153other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2154omitted from the listing.
2155
2156Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2157listing.
2158
2159Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2160listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2161@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2162@code{.sbttl}.
2163The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2164If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2165listing-control directives have no effect.
2166
2167The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2168@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2169
96e9638b
BW
2170Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2171because it
c3a27914
NC
2172is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2173is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2174directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2175stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2176memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2177
caa32fe5
NC
2178@node alternate
2179@section @option{--alternate}
2180
2181@kindex --alternate
2182Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2183
252b5132 2184@node D
a4fb0134 2185@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2186
2187@kindex -D
2188This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2189likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2190@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2191
2192@node f
a4fb0134 2193@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2194
2195@kindex -f
2196@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2197@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2198@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2199(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2200and comment preprocessing on
2201the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2202,Preprocessing}.
2203
2204@quotation
2205@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2206preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2207not work correctly.
2208@end quotation
2209
2210@node I
c1253627 2211@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2212
2213@kindex -I @var{path}
2214@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2215@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2216@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2217Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2218@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2219directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2220many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2221working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2222searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2223specified (left to right) on the command line.
2224
2225@node K
a4fb0134 2226@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2227
2228@kindex -K
2229@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2230On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2231permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2232where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2233generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2234family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2235alteration on other platforms.
2236@end ifclear
2237
2238@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2239@cindex difference tables, warning
2240@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2241@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2242form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2243You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2244is done.
2245@end ifset
2246
2247@node L
ba83aca1 2248@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2249
2250@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2251@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2252Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2253@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2254called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2255such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2256programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2257notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2258such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2259
2260This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2261in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2262@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2263
c3a27914 2264@node listing
a4fb0134 2265@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2266
2267The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2268@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2269hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2270them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2271directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2272@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2273@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2274@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2275
a4fb0134 2276@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2277@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2278@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2279@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2280Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2281dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2282
2283@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2284@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2285@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2286Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2287a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2288the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2289switch is used the default is to one.
2290
2291@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2292@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2293@cindex Width of source line output
2294Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2295alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2296source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2297
2298@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2299@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2300@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2301Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2302displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2303@end table
2304
252b5132 2305@node M
a4fb0134 2306@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2307
2308@kindex -M
2309@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2310The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2311changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
2312compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
2313configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
2314MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2315information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2316arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2317assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2318
2319The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2320depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2321file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2322individually. These are:
2323
2324@itemize @bullet
2325@item global symbols in common section
2326
2327The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2328Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2329common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2330symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2331symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2332
2333@item complex relocations
2334
2335The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2336relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2337are not support by other object file formats.
2338
2339@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2340
2341The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2342This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2343instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2344script.
2345
2346@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2347
2348The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2349name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2350
2351@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2352
2353The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2354address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2355which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2356not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2357assigned within a linker script.
2358@end itemize
2359
2360There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2361@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2362seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2363
2364@itemize @bullet
2365
2366@item EBCDIC strings
2367
2368EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2369
2370@item packed binary coded decimal
2371
2372Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2373and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2374
2375@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2376
2377The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2378
2379@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2380
2381The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2382
2383@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2384
2385The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2386@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2387relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2388these options serve no purpose.
2389
2390@item @code{OPT} list control options
2391
2392The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2393@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2394@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2395
2396@item other @code{OPT} options
2397
2398The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2399@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2400
2401@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2402
2403The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2404@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2405
2406@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2407
2408The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2409
2410@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2411
2412The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2413
2414@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2415
2416The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2417
2418@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2419
2420The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2421
2422@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2423
2424The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2425
2426@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2427
2428The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2429
2430@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2431
2432The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2433
2434@end itemize
2435
2436@node MD
c1253627 2437@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2438
2439@kindex --MD
2440@cindex dependency tracking
2441@cindex make rules
2442
a4fb0134 2443@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2444file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2445dependencies of the main source file.
2446
2447The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2448
2449This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2450
2451@node o
a4fb0134 2452@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2453
2454@kindex -o
2455@cindex naming object file
2456@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2457There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2458default it has the name
2459@ifset GENERIC
2460@ifset I960
2461@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2462@end ifset
2463@ifclear I960
2464@file{a.out}.
2465@end ifclear
2466@end ifset
2467@ifclear GENERIC
2468@ifset I960
2469@file{b.out}.
2470@end ifset
2471@ifclear I960
2472@file{a.out}.
2473@end ifclear
2474@end ifclear
2475You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2476object file a different name.
2477
a4fb0134 2478Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2479existing file of the same name.
2480
2481@node R
a4fb0134 2482@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2483
2484@kindex -R
2485@cindex data and text sections, joining
2486@cindex text and data sections, joining
2487@cindex joining text and data sections
2488@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2489@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2490data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2491the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2492section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2493your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2494appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2495
a4fb0134 2496When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2497address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2498data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2499older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2500
c1253627
NC
2501@ifset COFF-ELF
2502When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2503this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2504@samp{.data}.
2505@end ifset
2506
2507@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2508@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2509@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2510@end ifset
2511
2512@node statistics
a4fb0134 2513@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2514
2515@kindex --statistics
2516@cindex statistics, about assembly
2517@cindex time, total for assembly
2518@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2519Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2520@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2521(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2522seconds).
2523
2524@node traditional-format
c1253627 2525@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2526
2527@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2528For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2529from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2530@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2531
2532For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2533@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2534
2535@node v
a4fb0134 2536@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2537
2538@kindex -v
2539@kindex -version
2540@cindex assembler version
2541@cindex version of assembler
2542You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2543option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2544command line.
2545
2546@node W
a4fb0134 2547@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2548
a4fb0134 2549@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2550assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2551cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2552made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2553
c1253627
NC
2554@kindex -W
2555@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2556@cindex suppressing warnings
2557@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2558If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2559This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2560how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2561are still reported.
2562
c1253627 2563@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2564@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2565@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2566If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2567files that generate warnings to be in error.
2568
c1253627 2569@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2570@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2571You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2572causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2573
2574@node Z
a4fb0134 2575@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2576@cindex object file, after errors
2577@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2578After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2579some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2580@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2581option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2582writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2583errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2584
2585@node Syntax
2586@chapter Syntax
2587
2588@cindex machine-independent syntax
2589@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2590This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2591source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2592assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2593@ifclear VAX
2594assembler.
2595@end ifclear
2596@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2597assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2598@end ifset
2599
2600@menu
7c31ae13 2601* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2602* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2603* Comments:: Comments
2604* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2605* Statements:: Statements
2606* Constants:: Constants
2607@end menu
2608
2609@node Preprocessing
2610@section Preprocessing
2611
2612@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2613The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2614@itemize @bullet
2615@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2616@item
2617adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2618the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2619a single space.
2620
2621@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2622@item
2623removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2624appropriate number of newlines.
2625
2626@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2627@item
2628converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2629@end itemize
2630
2631It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2632anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2633do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2634(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2635to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2636@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2637Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2638
2639Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2640cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2641preprocessed.
2642
2643@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2644@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2645@kindex #NO_APP
2646@kindex #APP
2647If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2648@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2649Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2650specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2651text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2652@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2653@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2654and whitespace.
2655
2656@node Whitespace
2657@section Whitespace
2658
2659@cindex whitespace
2660@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2661Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2662people to read. Unless within character constants
2663(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2664as exactly one space.
2665
2666@node Comments
2667@section Comments
2668
2669@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2670There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2671cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2672
2673Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2674This means you may not nest these comments.
2675
2676@smallexample
2677/*
2678 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2679 is to use this sort of comment.
2680*/
2681
2682/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2683@end smallexample
2684
2685@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2686Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2687considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2688specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2689line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2690line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2691comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2692upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2693@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2694
2695If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2696special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2697to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2698
2699@kindex #
2700@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2701@cindex logical line numbers
2702To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2703special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2704expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2705line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2706new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2707
2708If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2709the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2710
2711@smallexample
2712 # This is an ordinary comment.
2713# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2714 # This is logical line # 36.
2715@end smallexample
2716This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2717of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2718
2719@node Symbol Intro
2720@section Symbols
2721
2722@cindex characters used in symbols
2723@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2724A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2725letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2726@samp{_.$}.
2727@end ifclear
2728@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2729@ifclear GENERIC
2730@ifset H8
2731A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2732letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2733@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2734symbol names.)
2735@end ifset
2736@end ifclear
2737@end ifset
2738@ifset GENERIC
2739On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2740are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2741@end ifset
2742No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2743There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2744are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2745beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2746of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2747
2748Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2749cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2750quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2751backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2752@cindex length of symbols
2753
2754@node Statements
2755@section Statements
2756
2757@cindex statements, structure of
2758@cindex line separator character
2759@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2760
2761A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2762@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2763specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2764target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2765The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2766preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2767exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2768
2769@cindex newline, required at file end
2770@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2771It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2772character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2773
2774An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2775
2776@cindex instructions and directives
2777@cindex directives and instructions
2778@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2779@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2780@c 13feb91.
2781A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2782key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2783symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2784symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2785directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2786a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2787assembles into a machine language instruction.
2788@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2789Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2790recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2791represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2792language.@refill
2793@end ifset
2794
2795@cindex @code{:} (label)
2796@cindex label (@code{:})
2797A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2798Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2799have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2800
2801@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2802For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2803the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2804only one label may be defined on each line.
2805@end ifset
2806
2807@smallexample
2808label: .directive followed by something
2809another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2810 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2811@end smallexample
2812
2813@node Constants
2814@section Constants
2815
2816@cindex constants
2817A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2818inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2819@smallexample
2820@group
2821.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2822.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2823.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2824.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
282595028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2826@end group
2827@end smallexample
2828
2829@menu
2830* Characters:: Character Constants
2831* Numbers:: Number Constants
2832@end menu
2833
2834@node Characters
2835@subsection Character Constants
2836
2837@cindex character constants
2838@cindex constants, character
2839There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2840for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2841numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2842@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2843used in arithmetic expressions.
2844
2845@menu
2846* Strings:: Strings
2847* Chars:: Characters
2848@end menu
2849
2850@node Strings
2851@subsubsection Strings
2852
2853@cindex string constants
2854@cindex constants, string
2855A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2856double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2857into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2858a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2859one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2860@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2861(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2862escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2863
2864@cindex escape codes, character
2865@cindex character escape codes
2866@table @kbd
2867@c @item \a
2868@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2869@c
2870@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2871@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2872@item \b
2873Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2874
2875@c @item \e
2876@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2877@c
2878@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2879@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2880@item \f
2881Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2882
2883@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2884@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2885@item \n
2886Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2887
2888@c @item \p
2889@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2890@c
2891@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2892@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2893@item \r
2894Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2895
2896@c @item \s
2897@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2898@c other assemblers.
2899@c
2900@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2901@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2902@item \t
2903Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2904
2905@c @item \v
2906@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2907@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2908@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2909@c
2910@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2911@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2912@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2913An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2914For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2915for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2916
2917@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2918@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2919@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2920A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2921lower case @code{x} works.
2922
2923@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2924@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2925@item \\
2926Represents one @samp{\} character.
2927
2928@c @item \'
2929@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2930@c This is needed in single character literals
2931@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2932@c a @samp{'}.
2933@c
2934@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2935@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2936@item \"
2937Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2938this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2939
2940@item \ @var{anything-else}
2941Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2942assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2943you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2944interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2945other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2946code and warns you of the fact.
2947@end table
2948
2949Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2950varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2951the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2952compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2953sequence.
2954
2955@node Chars
2956@subsubsection Characters
2957
2958@cindex single character constant
2959@cindex character, single
2960@cindex constant, single character
2961A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2962followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2963to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2964must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2965@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2966grave accent. A newline
2967@ifclear GENERIC
2968@ifclear abnormal-separator
2969(or semicolon @samp{;})
2970@end ifclear
2971@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2972@ifset H8
2973(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2974Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2975@end ifset
2976@end ifset
2977@end ifclear
2978immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2979and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2980constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2981that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2982@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2983
2984@node Numbers
2985@subsection Number Constants
2986
2987@cindex constants, number
2988@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2989@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2990are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2991would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2992integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2993are floating point numbers, described below.
2994
2995@menu
2996* Integers:: Integers
2997* Bignums:: Bignums
2998* Flonums:: Flonums
2999@ifclear GENERIC
3000@ifset I960
3001* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
3002@end ifset
3003@end ifclear
3004@end menu
3005
3006@node Integers
3007@subsubsection Integers
3008@cindex integers
3009@cindex constants, integer
3010
3011@cindex binary integers
3012@cindex integers, binary
3013A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3014the binary digits @samp{01}.
3015
3016@cindex octal integers
3017@cindex integers, octal
3018An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3019digits (@samp{01234567}).
3020
3021@cindex decimal integers
3022@cindex integers, decimal
3023A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3024more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3025
3026@cindex hexadecimal integers
3027@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3028A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3029more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3030
3031Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3032the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3033(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3034
3035@node Bignums
3036@subsubsection Bignums
3037
3038@cindex bignums
3039@cindex constants, bignum
3040A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3041except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3042represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3043integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3044
3045@node Flonums
3046@subsubsection Flonums
3047@cindex flonums
3048@cindex floating point numbers
3049@cindex constants, floating point
3050
3051@cindex precision, floating point
3052A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3053indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3054@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3055sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3056to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3057portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3058
3059A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3060@itemize @bullet
3061@item
3062The digit @samp{0}.
3063@ifset HPPA
3064(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3065@end ifset
3066
3067@item
a4fb0134 3068A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3069@ifset GENERIC
3070@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3071@ignore
3072@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3073(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
30744.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3075@end ignore
3076
7be1c489 3077On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
3078and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
3079one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3080
3081On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3082(in upper or lower case).
3083
3084On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
3085one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3086
3087On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3088@end ifset
3089@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3090@ifset ARC
3091One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3092@end ifset
3093@ifset H8
3094One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3095@end ifset
3096@ifset HPPA
3097The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3098@end ifset
3099@ifset I960
3100One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
3101@end ifset
3102@end ifclear
3103
3104@item
3105An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3106
3107@item
3108An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3109
3110@item
3111An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3112or more decimal digits.
3113
3114@item
3115An optional exponent, consisting of:
3116
3117@itemize @bullet
3118@item
3119An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3120@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3121@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3122@item
3123Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3124@item
3125One or more decimal digits.
3126@end itemize
3127
3128@end itemize
3129
3130At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3131present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3132
a4fb0134 3133@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3134independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3135@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3136
3137@ifclear GENERIC
3138@ifset I960
3139@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
3140@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
3141@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
3142@node Bit Fields
3143@subsubsection Bit Fields
3144
3145@cindex bit fields
3146@cindex constants, bit field
3147You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 3148Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
3149@example
3150@var{mask}:@var{value}
3151@end example
3152@noindent
a4fb0134 3153@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
3154@var{value}.
3155
3156The resulting number is then packed
3157@ifset GENERIC
3158@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
3159(in host-dependent byte order)
3160@end ifset
3161into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
3162bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
3163requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
3164more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
3165least significant digits.@refill
3166
3167The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
3168@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
3169@end ifset
3170@end ifclear
3171
3172@node Sections
3173@chapter Sections and Relocation
3174@cindex sections
3175@cindex relocation
3176
3177@menu
3178* Secs Background:: Background
3179* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3180* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3181* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3182* bss:: bss Section
3183@end menu
3184
3185@node Secs Background
3186@section Background
3187
3188Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3189``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3190For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3191
3192@cindex linker, and assembler
3193@cindex assembler, and linker
3194The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3195combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3196emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3197@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3198different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3199oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3200sections.
3201
3202@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3203addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3204units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3205within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3206run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3207the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3208the proper run-time addresses.
3209@ifset H8
7be1c489 3210For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3211@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3212ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3213@end ifset
3214
3215@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3216An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3217of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3218@dfn{bss} sections.
3219
c1253627 3220@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3221@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3222When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3223@end ifset
a4fb0134 3224@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3225using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3226If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3227or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3228@end ifset
3229
3230@ifset HPPA
3231@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3232When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3233@end ifset
a4fb0134 3234@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3235specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3236@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3237(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3238assembler directives.
3239
3240@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3241Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3242text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3243is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3244BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3245@end ifset
3246@end ifset
3247
3248Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3249data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3250
3251@ifset HPPA
3252When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3253section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3254@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3255@end ifset
3256
3257To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3258relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3259object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3260@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3261file is mentioned:
3262@itemize @bullet
3263@item
3264Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3265an address?
3266@item
3267How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3268@item
3269Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3270@display
3271(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3272@end display
3273@item
3274Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3275@end itemize
3276
3277@cindex addresses, format of
3278@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3279In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3280@display
3281(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3282@end display
3283@noindent
a4fb0134 3284Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3285nature.
3286@ifset SOM
3287(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3288symbol-relative instead.)
3289@end ifset
3290
3291In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3292@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3293
3294Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3295@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3296addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3297@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3298@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3299data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3300their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3301part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3302address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3303
3304The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3305address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3306rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3307Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3308address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3309common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3310time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3311
3312By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3313the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3314sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3315customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3316the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3317data and bss sections.
3318
3319Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3320use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3321
3322@node Ld Sections
3323@section Linker Sections
3324@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3325
3326@table @strong
3327
c1253627 3328@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3329@cindex named sections
3330@cindex sections, named
3331@item named sections
3332@end ifset
3333@ifset aout-bout
3334@cindex text section
3335@cindex data section
3336@itemx text section
3337@itemx data section
3338@end ifset
a4fb0134 3339These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3340separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3341true of another.
3342@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3343When the program is running, however, it is
3344customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3345text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3346instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3347program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3348in the data section.
c1253627 3349@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3350
3351@cindex bss section
3352@item bss section
3353This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3354is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3355each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3356out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3357bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3358those explicit zeros from object files.
3359
3360@cindex absolute section
3361@item absolute section
3362Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3363This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3364not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3365addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3366
3367@cindex undefined section
3368@item undefined section
3369This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3370the preceding sections.
3371@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3372@end table
3373
3374@cindex relocation example
3375An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3376@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3377The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3378@end ifset
3379Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3380
3381@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3382@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3383@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3384@smallexample
3385 +-----+----+--+
3386partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3387 +-----+----+--+
3388
3389 text data bss
3390 seg. seg. seg.
3391
3392 +---+---+---+
3393partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3394 +---+---+---+
3395
3396 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3397linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3398 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3399
3400 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3401@end smallexample
3402@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3403@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3404@need 5000
3405@tex
c1253627 3406\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3407\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3408\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3409\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3410
3411\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3412\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3413\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3414
3415\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3416\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3417\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3418ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3419DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3420
3421\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3422\line{0\dots\hfil}
3423
3424@end tex
3425@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3426
3427@node As Sections
3428@section Assembler Internal Sections
3429
3430@cindex internal assembler sections
3431@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3432These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3433have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3434sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3435warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3436meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3437value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3438section-relative address.
3439
3440@table @b
3441@cindex assembler internal logic error
3442@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3443An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3444bug in the assembler.
3445
3446@cindex expr (internal section)
3447@item expr section
3448The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3449symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3450it in the expr section.
3451@c FIXME item debug
3452@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3453@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3454@c FIXME item register
3455@end table
3456
3457@node Sub-Sections
3458@section Sub-Sections
3459
3460@cindex numbered subsections
3461@cindex grouping data
3462@ifset aout-bout
3463Assembled bytes
c1253627 3464@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3465conventionally
3466@end ifset
3467fall into two sections: text and data.
3468@end ifset
3469You may have separate groups of
3470@ifset GENERIC
3471data in named sections
3472@end ifset
3473@ifclear GENERIC
3474@ifclear aout-bout
3475data in named sections
3476@end ifclear
3477@ifset aout-bout
3478text or data
3479@end ifset
3480@end ifclear
3481that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3482are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3483use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3484numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3485same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3486subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3487section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3488assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3489section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3490constants being output.
3491
3492Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3493goes in subsection number zero.
3494
3495@ifset GENERIC
3496Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3497(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3498of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3499@end ifset
3500@ifclear GENERIC
3501@ifset H8
7be1c489 3502On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3503boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3504The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3505@end ifset
3506@ifset I960
3507@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3508@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3509@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3510@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3511@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3512@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3513@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3514@end ifclear
3515
3516Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3517to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3518The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3519other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3520They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3521data subsections as a data section.
3522
3523To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3524into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3525@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3526@ifset COFF
252b5132 3527@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3528When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3529@end ifset
3530@ifclear GENERIC
3531You
3532@end ifclear
3533can also use an extra subsection
3534argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3535@var{expression}}.
3536@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3537@ifset ELF
3538@ifset GENERIC
3539When generating ELF output, you
3540@end ifset
3541@ifclear GENERIC
3542You
3543@end ifclear
3544can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3545to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3546@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3547@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3548(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3549is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3550begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3551@smallexample
3552.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3553.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3554.text 1
3555.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3556.data 0
3557.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3558.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3559.text 0
3560.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3561.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3562@end smallexample
3563
3564Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3565assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3566restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3567counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3568@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3569current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3570assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3571
3572@node bss
3573@section bss Section
3574
3575@cindex bss section
3576@cindex common variable storage
3577The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3578You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3579not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3580your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3581section are zeroed bytes.
3582
3583The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3584@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3585
3586The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3587another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3588
3589@ifset GENERIC
3590When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3591COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3592see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3593section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3594@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3595@end ifset
3596
3597@node Symbols
3598@chapter Symbols
3599
3600@cindex symbols
3601Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3602things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3603to debug.
3604
3605@quotation
3606@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3607@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3608the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3609@end quotation
3610
3611@menu
3612* Labels:: Labels
3613* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3614* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3615* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3616* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3617@end menu
3618
3619@node Labels
3620@section Labels
3621
3622@cindex labels
3623A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3624@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3625active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3626operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3627different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3628definitions.
3629
3630@ifset HPPA
3631On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3632colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3633a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3634provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3635@end ifset
3636
3637@node Setting Symbols
3638@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3639
3640@cindex assigning values to symbols
3641@cindex symbol values, assigning
3642A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3643by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3644(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3645directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3646equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3647@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3648
f8739b83
JZ
3649@ifset Blackfin
3650Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3651@end ifset
3652
252b5132
RH
3653@node Symbol Names
3654@section Symbol Names
3655
3656@cindex symbol names
3657@cindex names, symbol
3658@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3659Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3660machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3661noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3662string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3663particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3664@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3665@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3666@ifset H8
3667Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3668Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3669character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3670on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3671@end ifset
3672@end ifset
3673
3674Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3675than @code{Foo}.
3676
ed1fcdd1
NC
3677Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3678Local Labels. See below.
3679
7bfd842d
NC
3680Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3681multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3682@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3683currently supported.
3684
252b5132
RH
3685Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3686refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3687in a program.
3688
3689@subheading Local Symbol Names
3690
3691@cindex local symbol names
3692@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3693A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3694By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3695@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3696set of local label prefixes.
3697@ifset HPPA
3698On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3699@end ifset
3700
3701Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3702normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3703You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3704to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3705
3706@subheading Local Labels
3707
3708@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3709@cindex temporary symbol names
3710@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3711Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3712programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3713be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3714referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3715the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3716To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3717@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3718to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3719stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3720
3721There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3722too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3723the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3724defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3725definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3726noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3727implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3728
3729Here is an example:
3730
3731@smallexample
37321: branch 1f
37332: branch 1b
37341: branch 2f
37352: branch 1b
3736@end smallexample
3737
3738Which is the equivalent of:
3739
3740@smallexample
3741label_1: branch label_3
3742label_2: branch label_1
3743label_3: branch label_4
3744label_4: branch label_3
3745@end smallexample
3746
ba83aca1 3747Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3748transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3749The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3750are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3751these parts:
252b5132
RH
3752
3753@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3754@item @emph{local label prefix}
3755All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3756Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3757that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3758used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3759@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3760object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3761you may use them in debugging.
3762
2d5aaba0
NC
3763@item @var{number}
3764This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3765label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3766
2d5aaba0
NC
3767@item @kbd{C-B}
3768This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3769of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3770
3771@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3772This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3773@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3774number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3775the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3776@end table
3777
ba83aca1
BW
3778So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3779the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3780
3781@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3782@cindex dollar local symbols
3783
ed1fcdd1
NC
3784On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3785local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3786become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3787valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3788by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3789by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3790
3791Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3792except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3793@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3794
3795They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3796names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3797to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3798@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3799
3800@node Dot
3801@section The Special Dot Symbol
3802
3803@cindex dot (symbol)
3804@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3805@cindex current address
3806@cindex location counter
3807The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3808@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3809.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3810Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3811directive.
252b5132 3812@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3813Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3814@samp{.space 4}.
3815@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3816
3817@node Symbol Attributes
3818@section Symbol Attributes
3819
3820@cindex symbol attributes
3821@cindex attributes, symbol
3822Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3823``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3824attributes.
3825@ifset INTERNALS
3826The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3827@end ifset
3828
a4fb0134 3829If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3830all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3831symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3832would want.
3833
3834@menu
3835* Symbol Value:: Value
3836* Symbol Type:: Type
3837@ifset aout-bout
3838@ifset GENERIC
3839* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3840@end ifset
3841@ifclear GENERIC
3842@ifclear BOUT
3843* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3844@end ifclear
3845@ifset BOUT
3846* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3847@end ifset
3848@end ifclear
3849@end ifset
3850@ifset COFF
3851* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3852@end ifset
3853@ifset SOM
3854* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3855@end ifset
3856@end menu
3857
3858@node Symbol Value
3859@subsection Value
3860
3861@cindex value of a symbol
3862@cindex symbol value
3863The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3864location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3865number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3866Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3867as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3868symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3869called absolute.
3870
3871The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38720 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3873@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3874same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3875name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3876common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3877bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3878allocated storage.
3879
3880@node Symbol Type
3881@subsection Type
3882
3883@cindex type of a symbol
3884@cindex symbol type
3885The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3886information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3887(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3888format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3889
3890@ifset aout-bout
3891@ifclear GENERIC
3892@ifset BOUT
3893@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3894@c better if it were available outside examples.
3895@need 1000
3896@node a.out Symbols
3897@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3898
3899@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3900@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3901These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3902one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3903@code{b.out}.
3904
3905@end ifset
3906@ifclear BOUT
3907@node a.out Symbols
3908@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3909
3910@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3911@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3912
3913@end ifclear
3914@end ifclear
3915@ifset GENERIC
3916@node a.out Symbols
3917@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3918
3919@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3920@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3921
3922@end ifset
3923@menu
3924* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3925* Symbol Other:: Other
3926@end menu
3927
3928@node Symbol Desc
3929@subsubsection Descriptor
3930
3931@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3932This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3933descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3934(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3935@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3936
3937@node Symbol Other
3938@subsubsection Other
3939
3940@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3941This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3942@end ifset
3943
3944@ifset COFF
3945@node COFF Symbols
3946@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3947
3948@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3949@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3950
3951The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3952like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3953@code{.endef} directives.
3954
3955@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3956
3957@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3958The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3959respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3960
3961@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3962
3963@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3964The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3965@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3966table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3967@end ifset
3968
3969@ifset SOM
3970@node SOM Symbols
3971@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3972
3973@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3974@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3975
3976The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3977the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3978
01642c12 3979The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3980Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3981@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3982@end ifset
3983
3984@node Expressions
3985@chapter Expressions
3986
3987@cindex expressions
3988@cindex addresses
3989@cindex numeric values
3990An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3991Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3992
3993The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3994a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3995enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3996section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3997the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3998@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3999
4000@menu
4001* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4002* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4003@end menu
4004
4005@node Empty Exprs
4006@section Empty Expressions
4007
4008@cindex empty expressions
4009@cindex expressions, empty
4010An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4011Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4012expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4013is compatible with other assemblers.
4014
4015@node Integer Exprs
4016@section Integer Expressions
4017
4018@cindex integer expressions
4019@cindex expressions, integer
4020An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4021by @emph{operators}.
4022
4023@menu
4024* Arguments:: Arguments
4025* Operators:: Operators
4026* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4027* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4028@end menu
4029
4030@node Arguments
4031@subsection Arguments
4032
4033@cindex expression arguments
4034@cindex arguments in expressions
4035@cindex operands in expressions
4036@cindex arithmetic operands
4037@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4038contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4039this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4040the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4041expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4042instruction operands.
4043
4044Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4045@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4046or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4047integer.
4048
4049Numbers are usually integers.
4050
4051A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4052that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4053these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4054instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4055assemblers.
4056
4057@cindex subexpressions
4058Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4059expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4060operator followed by an argument.
4061
4062@node Operators
4063@subsection Operators
4064
4065@cindex operators, in expressions
4066@cindex arithmetic functions
4067@cindex functions, in expressions
4068@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4069operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4070between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4071whitespace.
4072
4073@node Prefix Ops
4074@subsection Prefix Operator
4075
4076@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4077@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4078one argument, which must be absolute.
4079
4080@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4081@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4082@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4083@tex
4084\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4085@end tex
4086
4087@table @code
4088@item -
4089@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4090@item ~
4091@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4092@end table
4093
4094@tex
4095\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4096@end tex
4097
4098@node Infix Ops
4099@subsection Infix Operators
4100
4101@cindex infix operators
4102@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4103@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4104have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4105to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4106absolute, and the result is absolute.
4107
4108@enumerate
4109@cindex operator precedence
4110@cindex precedence of operators
4111
4112@item
4113Highest Precedence
4114
4115@table @code
4116@item *
4117@dfn{Multiplication}.
4118
4119@item /
4120@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4121
4122@item %
4123@dfn{Remainder}.
4124
d1eac9d9 4125@item <<
252b5132
RH
4126@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4127
d1eac9d9 4128@item >>
252b5132
RH
4129@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4130@end table
4131
4132@item
4133Intermediate precedence
4134
4135@table @code
4136@item |
4137
4138@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4139
4140@item &
4141@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4142
4143@item ^
4144@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4145
4146@item !
4147@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4148@end table
4149
4150@item
b131d4dc 4151Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4152
4153@table @code
4154@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4155@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4156@cindex arguments for addition
4157@item +
4158@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4159the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4160sections.
4161
4162@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4163@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4164@cindex arguments for subtraction
4165@item -
4166@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4167result has the section of the left argument.
4168If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4169You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4170@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4171
4172@cindex comparison expressions
4173@cindex expressions, comparison
4174@item ==
4175@dfn{Is Equal To}
4176@item <>
723a8472 4177@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4178@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4179@item <
4180@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4181@item >
b131d4dc 4182@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4183@item >=
b131d4dc 4184@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4185@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4186@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4187
4188The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4189value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4190perform signed comparisons.
4191@end table
4192
4193@item Lowest Precedence
4194
4195@table @code
4196@item &&
4197@dfn{Logical And}.
4198
4199@item ||
4200@dfn{Logical Or}.
4201
4202These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4203expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4204value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4205or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4206
252b5132
RH
4207@end table
4208@end enumerate
4209
4210In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4211address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4212
4213@node Pseudo Ops
4214@chapter Assembler Directives
4215
4216@cindex directives, machine independent
4217@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4218@cindex machine independent directives
4219All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4220The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4221in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4222
4223This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4224target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4225@ifset GENERIC
4226Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4227@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4228@end ifset
4229@ifclear GENERIC
4230@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4231@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4232@end ifset
4233@end ifclear
4234
4235@menu
4236* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4237@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4238* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4239@end ifset
f0dc282c 4240
252b5132 4241* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4242* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4243* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4244* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4245* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4246* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4247* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4248* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4249* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
4250* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4251@ifset COFF
4252* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4253@end ifset
4254@ifset aout-bout
4255* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4256@end ifset
4257@ifset COFF
4258* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4259@end ifset
f0dc282c 4260
252b5132
RH
4261* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4262* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4263* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4264* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4265* End:: @code{.end}
4266@ifset COFF
4267* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4268@end ifset
f0dc282c 4269
252b5132
RH
4270* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4271* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4272* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4273* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4274* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4275* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4276* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4277* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4278* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4279* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4280* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4281* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4282* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4283* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4284* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4285@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4286* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4287* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4288@end ifset
f0dc282c 4289
252b5132
RH
4290* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4291* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4292* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4293* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4294* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4295* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4296@ifset ELF
4297* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4298@end ifset
f0dc282c 4299
252b5132
RH
4300* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4301* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4302* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4303* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4304@ifclear no-line-dir
4305* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4306@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4307
252b5132
RH
4308* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4309* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4310* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4311* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4312* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4313@ifset ELF
4314* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4315@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4316
252b5132
RH
4317* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4318@ignore
4319* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4320@end ignore
f0dc282c 4321
252b5132
RH
4322* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4323* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4324* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4325* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4326* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4327* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4328* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4329* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4330@ifset ELF
4331* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4332* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4333@end ifset
f0dc282c 4334
252b5132 4335* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4336@ifset ELF
4337* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4338@end ifset
f0dc282c 4339
252b5132
RH
4340* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4341* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4342@ifset ELF
4343* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4344@end ifset
f0dc282c 4345
252b5132 4346* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4347* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4348* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4349* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4350@ifset COFF
4351* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4352@end ifset
4353@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4354* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4355@end ifset
f0dc282c 4356
252b5132
RH
4357* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4358* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4359* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4360@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4361* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4362@end ifset
884f0d36 4363@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4364* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4365@end ifclear
4366
252b5132 4367* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4368@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4369* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4370@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4371@ifset have-stabs
4372* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4373@end ifset
f0dc282c 4374
38a57ae7 4375* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4376* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4377@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4378* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4379* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4380@end ifset
f0dc282c 4381
252b5132
RH
4382@ifset COFF
4383* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4384@end ifset
f0dc282c 4385
252b5132
RH
4386* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4387* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4388@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4389* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4390@end ifset
4391
c91d2e08 4392* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4393@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4394* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4395@end ifset
f0dc282c 4396
2e13b764 4397@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4398* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4399* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4400* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4401@end ifset
f0dc282c 4402
d190d046 4403* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4404* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4405* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4406* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4407@ifclear no-space-dir
4408* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4409@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4410* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4411@end menu
4412
4413@node Abort
4414@section @code{.abort}
4415
4416@cindex @code{abort} directive
4417@cindex stopping the assembly
4418This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4419compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4420assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4421of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4422quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4423
4424@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4425@node ABORT (COFF)
4426@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4427
4428@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4429When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4430synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4431
4432@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4433When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4434but ignores it.
4435@end ifset
4436@end ifset
4437
4438@node Align
4439@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4440
4441@cindex padding the location counter
4442@cindex @code{align} directive
4443Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4444boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4445required, as described below.
4446
4447The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4448padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4449padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4450marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4451with no-op instructions.
4452
4453The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4454it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4455directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4456specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4457fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4458required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4459with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4460
4461The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
73589c9d 4462For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4463s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4464alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4465the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4466is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4467first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4468
9e9a9798 4469For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4470strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4471number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4472advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4473counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4474multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4475
4476This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4477native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4478GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4479described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4480architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4481
ccf8a69b
BW
4482@node Altmacro
4483@section @code{.altmacro}
4484Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4485
4486@ftable @code
4487@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4488One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4489generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4490replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4491replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4492separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4493define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4494
4495@item String delimiters
4496You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4497@code{"@var{string}"}:
4498
4499@table @code
4500@item '@var{string}'
4501You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4502
4503@item <@var{string}>
4504You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4505@end table
4506
4507@item single-character string escape
4508To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4509character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4510character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4511write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4512
4513@item Expression results as strings
4514You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4515and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4516@end ftable
4517
252b5132
RH
4518@node Ascii
4519@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4520
4521@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4522@cindex string literals
4523@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4524separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4525trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4526
4527@node Asciz
4528@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4529
4530@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4531@cindex zero-terminated strings
4532@cindex null-terminated strings
4533@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4534a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4535
4536@node Balign
4537@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4538
4539@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4540@cindex @code{balign} directive
4541Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4542storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4543alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4544the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4545is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4546
4547The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4548padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4549padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4550marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4551with no-op instructions.
4552
4553The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4554it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4555directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4556specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4557fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4558required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4559with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4560
4561@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4562@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4563The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4564@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4565pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4566fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45674,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4568filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4569the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4570undefined.
4571
fa94de6b 4572@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4573@section Bundle directives
4574@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4575@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4576@cindex bundle
4577@cindex instruction bundle
4578@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4579@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4580bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4581into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4582disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4583gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4584@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4585
4586For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4587certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4588instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4589@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4590chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4591effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4592instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4593that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4594end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4595starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4596instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4597
d3b47e2b 4598@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4599@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4600@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4601The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4602allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4603are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4604aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4605@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4606directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4607
4608@cindex bundle-locked
4609For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4610appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4611instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4612and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4613instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4614sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4615@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4616entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4617boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4618first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4619aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4620bundle size.
4621
d416e51d
RM
4622For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4623inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4624nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4625@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4626matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4627same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4628
252b5132
RH
4629@node Byte
4630@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4631
4632@cindex @code{byte} directive
4633@cindex integers, one byte
4634@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4635Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4636
54cfded0 4637@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4638@section CFI directives
4639@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4640@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4641@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4642should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4643If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4644if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4645To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4646directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4647
2f0c68f2
CM
4648On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4649by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4650
d3b47e2b 4651@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4652@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4653@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4654should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4655data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4656@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4657
01642c12 4658Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4659it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4660
d3b47e2b 4661@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4662@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4663@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4664unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4665@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4666
d3b47e2b 4667@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4668@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4669@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4670@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4671should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4672argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4673a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4674the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4675can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4676The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4677no personality routine.
4678
2f0c68f2
CM
4679@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4680@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4681@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4682defined in a compact unwinding format.
4683Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4684with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4685
4686@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4687@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4688@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4689used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4690@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4691in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4692Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4693with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4694
d3b47e2b 4695@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4696@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4697@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4698should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4699argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4700or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4701meaning that no LSDA is present.
4702
4703@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4704@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4705switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4706Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4707Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4708with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4709
4710The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4711so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4712referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4713in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4714by a section directive.
4715
4716The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4717The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4718@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4719
d3b47e2b 4720@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4721@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4722address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4723
d3b47e2b 4724@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4725@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4726now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4727remains the same.
4728
d3b47e2b 4729@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4730@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4731remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4732absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4733CFA address.
4734
d3b47e2b 4735@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4736Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4737value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4738
d3b47e2b 4739@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4740Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4741CFA.
54cfded0 4742
d3b47e2b 4743@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4744Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4745the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4746using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4747This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4748code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4749
d3b47e2b 4750@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4751Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4752
d3b47e2b 4753@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4754@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4755same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4756instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4757
d3b47e2b 4758@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4759From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4760
d3b47e2b 4761@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4762Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4763i.e. no restoration needed.
4764
d3b47e2b 4765@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state},
01642c12
RM
4766First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4767then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4768everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4769the previous saved state.
4770
d3b47e2b 4771@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4772Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4773directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4774
d3b47e2b 4775@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4776Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4777
d3b47e2b 4778@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4779SPARC register window has been saved.
4780
d3b47e2b 4781@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4782Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4783might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4784opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4785
d3b47e2b 4786@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4787The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4788will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4789description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4790
4791The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4792limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4793mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4794by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4795or another register.
4796
ccf8a69b
BW
4797@node Comm
4798@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4799
ccf8a69b
BW
4800@cindex @code{comm} directive
4801@cindex symbol, common
4802@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4803common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4804of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4805definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4806allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4807absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4808the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4809using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4810
c1711530
DK
4811@ifset COFF-ELF
4812When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4813an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4814specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4815that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4816as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4817boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4818power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4819common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4820alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4821largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4822maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4823is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4824@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4825multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4826It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4827(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4828@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4829
ccf8a69b
BW
4830@ifset HPPA
4831The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4832@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4833@end ifset
07a53e5c 4834
252b5132
RH
4835@node Data
4836@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4837
4838@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4839@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4840end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4841absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4842to zero.
4843
4844@ifset COFF
4845@node Def
4846@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4847
4848@cindex @code{def} directive
4849@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4850@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4851Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4852definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4853@ifset BOUT
4854
a4fb0134 4855This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4856format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4857but ignored.
4858@end ifset
4859@end ifset
4860
4861@ifset aout-bout
4862@node Desc
4863@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4864
4865@cindex @code{desc} directive
4866@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4867@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4868This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4869to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4870
4871@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4872The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4873configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4874object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4875it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4876@end ifset
4877@end ifset
4878
4879@ifset COFF
4880@node Dim
4881@section @code{.dim}
4882
4883@cindex @code{dim} directive
4884@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4885@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4886This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4887information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4888@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4889@ifset BOUT
4890
4891@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4892@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4893ignores it.
4894@end ifset
4895@end ifset
4896
4897@node Double
4898@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4899
4900@cindex @code{double} directive
4901@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4902@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4903assembles floating point numbers.
4904@ifset GENERIC
4905The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4906@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4907@end ifset
4908@ifclear GENERIC
4909@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4910On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4911in @sc{ieee} format.
4912@end ifset
4913@end ifclear
4914
4915@node Eject
4916@section @code{.eject}
4917
4918@cindex @code{eject} directive
4919@cindex new page, in listings
4920@cindex page, in listings
4921@cindex listing control: new page
4922Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4923
4924@node Else
4925@section @code{.else}
4926
4927@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4928@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4929assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4930of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4931was false.
4932
3fd9f047
TW
4933@node Elseif
4934@section @code{.elseif}
4935
4936@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4937@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4938assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4939@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4940
252b5132
RH
4941@node End
4942@section @code{.end}
4943
4944@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4945@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4946process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4947
4948@ifset COFF
4949@node Endef
4950@section @code{.endef}
4951
4952@cindex @code{endef} directive
4953This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4954@code{.def}.
4955@ifset BOUT
4956
4957@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4958@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4959directive but ignores it.
4960@end ifset
4961@end ifset
4962
4963@node Endfunc
4964@section @code{.endfunc}
4965@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4966@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4967
4968@node Endif
4969@section @code{.endif}
4970
4971@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4972@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4973it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4974conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4975
4976@node Equ
4977@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4978
4979@cindex @code{equ} directive
4980@cindex assigning values to symbols
4981@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4982This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4983It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4984
4985@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4986The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4987@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4988@end ifset
4989
3c9b82ba 4990@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4991The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4992@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4993On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4994but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4995Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4996@end ifset
4997
252b5132
RH
4998@node Equiv
4999@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5000@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5001The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5002the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5003symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5004undefined.
252b5132 5005
01642c12 5006Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5007@smallexample
5008.ifdef SYM
5009.err
5010.endif
5011.equ SYM,VAL
5012@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5013plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5014
5015@node Eqv
5016@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5017@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5018The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5019evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5020the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5021value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5022
5023@node Err
5024@section @code{.err}
5025@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5026If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5027message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5028object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5029
d190d046
HPN
5030@node Error
5031@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5032@cindex error directive
5033
5034Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5035string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5036message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5037@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5038
5039@smallexample
5040 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5041@end smallexample
5042
252b5132
RH
5043@node Exitm
5044@section @code{.exitm}
5045Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5046
5047@node Extern
5048@section @code{.extern}
5049
5050@cindex @code{extern} directive
5051@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5052with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5053all undefined symbols as external.
5054
5055@node Fail
5056@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5057
5058@cindex @code{fail} directive
5059Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5060or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5061than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5062include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5063complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5064
252b5132 5065@node File
14082c76 5066@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5067@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5068
5069@ifclear no-file-dir
5070There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5071that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5072@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5073
5074@subheading Default Version
5075
252b5132
RH
5076@cindex logical file name
5077@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5078This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5079are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5080
5081@smallexample
5082.file @var{string}
5083@end smallexample
5084
5085@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5086recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5087to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5088statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5089old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5090
5091@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5092@end ifclear
5093
14082c76
BW
5094When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5095to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5096
5097@smallexample
5098.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5099@end smallexample
5100
5101The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5102index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5103literal.
5104
5105The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5106table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5107information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5108entries will have.
5109
252b5132
RH
5110@node Fill
5111@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5112
5113@cindex @code{fill} directive
5114@cindex writing patterns in memory
5115@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5116@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5117This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5118may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5119more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5120other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5121is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5122zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5123byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5124Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5125@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5126compatible with other people's assemblers.
5127
5128@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5129If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5130assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5131@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5132
5133@node Float
5134@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5135
5136@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5137@cindex @code{float} directive
5138This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5139has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5140@ifset GENERIC
5141The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5142@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5143@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5144@end ifset
5145@ifclear GENERIC
5146@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5147On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5148in @sc{ieee} format.
5149@end ifset
5150@end ifclear
5151
5152@node Func
5153@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5154@cindex @code{func} directive
5155@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5156is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5157Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5158@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5159prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5160@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5161All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5162The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5163
5164@node Global
5165@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5166
5167@cindex @code{global} directive
5168@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5169@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5170@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5171other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5172@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5173from another file linked into the same program.
5174
5175Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5176compatibility with other assemblers.
5177
5178@ifset HPPA
5179On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5180partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5181@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5182@end ifset
5183
c91d2e08 5184@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5185@node Gnu_attribute
5186@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5187Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5188
c91d2e08
NC
5189@node Hidden
5190@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5191
c1253627
NC
5192@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5193@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5194This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5195@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5196@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5197
5198This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5199their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5200@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5201Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5202@end ifset
5203
252b5132
RH
5204@node hword
5205@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5206
5207@cindex @code{hword} directive
5208@cindex integers, 16-bit
5209@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5210@cindex sixteen bit integers
5211This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5212a 16 bit number for each.
5213
5214@ifset GENERIC
5215This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5216architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5217@end ifset
5218@ifclear GENERIC
5219@ifset W32
5220This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5221@end ifset
5222@ifset W16
5223This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5224@end ifset
5225@end ifclear
5226
5227@node Ident
5228@section @code{.ident}
5229
5230@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5231
5232This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5233behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5234a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5235source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5236for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5237@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5238emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5239
5240@node If
5241@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5242
5243@cindex conditional assembly
5244@cindex @code{if} directive
5245@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5246considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5247(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5248the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5249(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5250alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5251If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5252nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5253
5254The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5255@table @code
5256@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5257@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5258Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5259has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5260is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5261
26aca5f6
JB
5262@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5263@item .ifb @var{text}
5264Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5265
252b5132
RH
5266@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5267@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5268Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5269strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5270the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5271end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5272string comparison is case sensitive.
5273
5274@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5275@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5276Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5277
5278@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5279@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5280Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5281
5282@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5283@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5284Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5285equal to zero.
5286
5287@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5288@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5289Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5290
5291@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5292@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5293Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5294to zero.
5295
5296@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5297@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5298Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5299
26aca5f6
JB
5300@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5301@item .ifnb @var{text}
5302Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5303following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5304
252b5132
RH
5305@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5306@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5307Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5308following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5309
5310@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5311@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5312@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5313@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5314Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5315has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5316which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5317
5318@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5319@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5320Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5321(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5322
5323@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5324@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5325Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5326following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5327@end table
5328
7e005732
NC
5329@node Incbin
5330@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5331
5332@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5333@cindex binary files, including
5334The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5335location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5336option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5337around @var{file}.
5338
5339The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5340@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5341read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5342responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5343after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5344
252b5132
RH
5345@node Include
5346@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5347
5348@cindex @code{include} directive
5349@cindex supporting files, including
5350@cindex files, including
5351This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5352points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5353if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5354included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5355can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5356(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5357around @var{file}.
5358
5359@node Int
5360@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5361
5362@cindex @code{int} directive
5363@cindex integers, 32-bit
5364Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5365For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5366expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5367of target the assembly is for.
5368
5369@ifclear GENERIC
5370@ifset H8
7be1c489 5371On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5372integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
537332-bit integers.
5374@end ifset
5375@end ifclear
5376
c91d2e08
NC
5377@ifset ELF
5378@node Internal
5379@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5380
c1253627
NC
5381@cindex @code{internal} directive
5382@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5383This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5384@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5385@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5386
5387This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5388their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5389@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5390(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5391processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5392@end ifset
5393
252b5132
RH
5394@node Irp
5395@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5396
5397@cindex @code{irp} directive
5398Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5399The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5400terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5401set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5402@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5403@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5404sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5405
5406For example, assembling
5407
5408@example
5409 .irp param,1,2,3
5410 move d\param,sp@@-
5411 .endr
5412@end example
5413
5414is equivalent to assembling
5415
5416@example
5417 move d1,sp@@-
5418 move d2,sp@@-
5419 move d3,sp@@-
5420@end example
5421
96e9638b 5422For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5423
252b5132
RH
5424@node Irpc
5425@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5426
5427@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5428Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5429The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5430terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5431@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5432assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5433assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5434@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5435
5436For example, assembling
5437
5438@example
5439 .irpc param,123
5440 move d\param,sp@@-
5441 .endr
5442@end example
5443
5444is equivalent to assembling
5445
5446@example
5447 move d1,sp@@-
5448 move d2,sp@@-
5449 move d3,sp@@-
5450@end example
5451
5e75c3ab
JB
5452For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5453at @xref{Macro}.
5454
252b5132
RH
5455@node Lcomm
5456@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5457
5458@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5459@cindex local common symbols
5460@cindex symbols, local common
5461Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5462denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5463those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5464section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5465is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5466not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5467
5468@ifset GENERIC
5469Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5470argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5471@end ifset
5472
5473@ifset HPPA
5474The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5475@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5476@end ifset
5477
5478@node Lflags
5479@section @code{.lflags}
5480
5481@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5482@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5483assemblers, but ignores it.
5484
5485@ifclear no-line-dir
5486@node Line
5487@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5488
5489@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5490@cindex logical line number
5491@ifset aout-bout
5492Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5493expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5494statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5495reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5496@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5497for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5498@end ifset
5499
252b5132 5500Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5501@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5502when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5503were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5504@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5505
5506Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5507used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5508debugging.
5509@end ifclear
5510
5511@node Linkonce
5512@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5513@cindex COMDAT
5514@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5515@cindex common sections
5516Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5517This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5518but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5519The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5520Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5521unique.
5522
5523This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5524writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5525Executable format used on Windows NT.
5526
5527The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5528following strings. For example:
5529@smallexample
5530.linkonce same_size
5531@end smallexample
5532Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5533
5534@table @code
5535@item discard
5536Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5537
5538@item one_only
5539Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5540
5541@item same_size
5542Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5543
5544@item same_contents
5545Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5546@end table
5547
ccf8a69b
BW
5548@node List
5549@section @code{.list}
5550
5551@cindex @code{list} directive
5552@cindex listing control, turning on
5553Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5554not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5555internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5556counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5557generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5558
5559By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5560@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5561the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5562
252b5132
RH
5563@node Ln
5564@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5565
5566@cindex @code{ln} directive
5567@ifclear no-line-dir
5568@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5569@end ifclear
5570@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5571Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5572must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5573line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5574statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5575line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5576@ifset BOUT
5577
a4fb0134 5578This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5579configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5580output format.
5581@end ifset
5582@end ifset
5583
ccf8a69b
BW
5584@node Loc
5585@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5586@cindex @code{loc} directive
5587When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5588the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5589number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5590instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5591arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5592the row is added.
252b5132 5593
ccf8a69b
BW
5594The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5595
5596@table @code
5597@item basic_block
5598This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5599@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5600
5601@item prologue_end
5602This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5603@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5604
5605@item epilogue_begin
5606This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5607@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5608
5609@item is_stmt @var{value}
5610This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5611@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5612either 0 or 1.
5613
5614@item isa @var{value}
5615This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5616state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5617
92846e72
CC
5618@item discriminator @var{value}
5619This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5620state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5621
ccf8a69b
BW
5622@end table
5623
5624@node Loc_mark_labels
5625@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5626@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5627When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5628the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5629to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5630register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5631The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5632this function respectively.
252b5132 5633
4d4175af
BW
5634@ifset ELF
5635@node Local
5636@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5637
5638@cindex @code{local} directive
5639This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5640the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5641will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5642they will be created.
5643
5644For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5645accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5646the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5647(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5648@end ifset
5649
252b5132
RH
5650@node Long
5651@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5652
5653@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5654@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5655
5656@ignore
5657@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5658@c what it really ought to do
5659@node Lsym
5660@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5661
5662@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5663@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5664@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5665the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5666rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5667the same as the expression value:
5668@smallexample
5669@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5670@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5671@var{value} = @var{expression}
5672@end smallexample
5673@noindent
5674The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5675@end ignore
5676
5677@node Macro
5678@section @code{.macro}
5679
5680@cindex macros
5681The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5682generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5683@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5684
5685@example
5686 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5687 .long \from
5688 .if \to-\from
5689 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5690 .endif
5691 .endm
5692@end example
5693
5694@noindent
5695With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5696
5697@example
5698 .long 0
5699 .long 1
5700 .long 2
5701 .long 3
5702 .long 4
5703 .long 5
5704@end example
5705
5706@ftable @code
5707@item .macro @var{macname}
5708@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5709@cindex @code{macro} directive
5710Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5711definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5712separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5713indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5714@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5715(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5716macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5717cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5718subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5719definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5720
5721@table @code
5722@item .macro comm
5723Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5724arguments.
5725
6258339f 5726@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5727@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5728Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5729which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5730@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5731
5732@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5733Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5734arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5735After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5736@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5737@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5738,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5739@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5740
6eaeac8a
JB
5741@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5742Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5743arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5744not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5745will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5746
252b5132
RH
5747When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5748position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5749@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5750
6258339f
NC
5751@end table
5752
5e75c3ab
JB
5753Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5754as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5755occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5756characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5757(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5758architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5759character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5760replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5761construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5762identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5763this macro definition:
5764
5765@example
5766 .macro label l
5767\l:
5768 .endm
5769@end example
5770
5771might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5772called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5773assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5774identifier.
5775
5776Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5777which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5778for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5779length specifier like this:
5780
5781@example
5782 .macro opcode base length
5783 \base.\length
5784 .endm
5785@end example
5786
5787and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5788instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5789interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5790
5791There are several possible ways around this problem:
5792
5793@table @code
5794@item Insert white space
5795If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5796solution. eg:
5797
5798@example
5799 .macro label l
5800\l :
5801 .endm
5802@end example
5803
5804@item Use @samp{\()}
5805The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5806the following text. eg:
5807
5808@example
5809 .macro opcode base length
5810 \base\().\length
5811 .endm
5812@end example
5813
5814@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5815In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5816used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5817
5818@example
5819 .altmacro
5820 .macro label l
5821l&:
5822 .endm
5823@end example
6258339f 5824@end table
5e75c3ab 5825
96e9638b 5826Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5827also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5828and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5829
252b5132
RH
5830@item .endm
5831@cindex @code{endm} directive
5832Mark the end of a macro definition.
5833
5834@item .exitm
5835@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5836Exit early from the current macro definition.
5837
5838@cindex number of macros executed
5839@cindex macros, count executed
5840@item \@@
a4fb0134 5841@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5842executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5843output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5844
252b5132
RH
5845@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5846@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5847macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5848@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5849@end ftable
252b5132 5850
ccf8a69b
BW
5851@node MRI
5852@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5853
ccf8a69b
BW
5854@cindex @code{mri} directive
5855@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5856If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5857@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5858affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5859of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5860
caa32fe5
NC
5861@node Noaltmacro
5862@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5863Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5864
252b5132
RH
5865@node Nolist
5866@section @code{.nolist}
5867
5868@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5869@cindex listing control, turning off
5870Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5871not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5872internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5873counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5874generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5875
5876@node Octa
5877@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5878
5879@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5880@cindex @code{octa} directive
5881@cindex integer, 16-byte
5882@cindex sixteen byte integer
5883This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5884bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5885
5886The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5887hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5888
9aec2026
NC
5889@node Offset
5890@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
5891
5892@cindex @code{offset} directive
5893Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
5894be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
5895symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 5896directive.
9aec2026 5897
252b5132
RH
5898@node Org
5899@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5900
5901@cindex @code{org} directive
5902@cindex location counter, advancing
5903@cindex advancing location counter
5904@cindex current address, advancing
5905Advance the location counter of the current section to
5906@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5907expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5908you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5909wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5910with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5911@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5912is the same as the current subsection.
5913
5914@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5915unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5916backwards.
5917
5918@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5919@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5920@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5921Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5922may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5923a chance to share your improved assembler.
5924
5925Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5926to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5927people's assemblers.
5928
5929When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5930intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5931absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5932@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5933
5934@node P2align
5935@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5936
5937@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5938@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5939Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5940storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5941number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5942advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5943counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5944multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5945
5946The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5947padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5948padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5949marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5950with no-op instructions.
5951
5952The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5953it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5954directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5955specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5956fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5957required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5958with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5959
5960@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5961@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5962The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5963@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5964pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5965fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
59662,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5967filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5968the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5969undefined.
5970
ccf8a69b
BW
5971@ifset ELF
5972@node PopSection
5973@section @code{.popsection}
5974
5975@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5976@cindex Section Stack
5977This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5978@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5979@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5980(@pxref{Previous}).
5981
5982This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5983section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5984stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5985@end ifset
5986
c91d2e08
NC
5987@ifset ELF
5988@node Previous
5989@section @code{.previous}
5990
c1253627 5991@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5992@cindex Section Stack
5993This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5994@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5995@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5996(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5997
5998This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5999referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6000@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6001subsections). For example:
6002
6003@smallexample
6004.section A
6005 .subsection 1
6006 .word 0x1234
6007 .subsection 2
6008 .word 0x5678
6009.previous
6010 .word 0x9abc
6011@end smallexample
6012
6013Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6014section A. Whilst:
6015
6016@smallexample
6017.section A
6018.subsection 1
6019 # Now in section A subsection 1
6020 .word 0x1234
6021.section B
6022.subsection 0
6023 # Now in section B subsection 0
6024 .word 0x5678
6025.subsection 1
6026 # Now in section B subsection 1
6027 .word 0x9abc
6028.previous
6029 # Now in section B subsection 0
6030 .word 0xdef0
6031@end smallexample
6032
6033Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6034section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6035
6036In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6037the top section on the section stack.
6038@end ifset
6039
252b5132
RH
6040@node Print
6041@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6042
6043@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6044@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6045assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6046
c91d2e08
NC
6047@ifset ELF
6048@node Protected
6049@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6050
c1253627
NC
6051@cindex @code{protected} directive
6052@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6053This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6054@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6055
6056This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6057their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6058@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6059components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6060component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6061this.
c91d2e08
NC
6062@end ifset
6063
252b5132
RH
6064@node Psize
6065@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6066
6067@cindex @code{psize} directive
6068@cindex listing control: paper size
6069@cindex paper size, for listings
6070Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6071number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6072
6073If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6074of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6075default width is 200 columns.
6076
a4fb0134 6077@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6078lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6079@code{.eject}).
6080
6081If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6082those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6083
6084@node Purgem
6085@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6086
6087@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6088Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6089expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6090
c91d2e08
NC
6091@ifset ELF
6092@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6093@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6094
c1253627 6095@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6096@cindex Section Stack
6097This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6098@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6099@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6100(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6101
e9863d7f
DJ
6102This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6103top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6104subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6105@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6106as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6107@end ifset
6108
252b5132
RH
6109@node Quad
6110@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6111
6112@cindex @code{quad} directive
6113@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6114each bignum, it emits
6115@ifclear bignum-16
6116an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6117warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6118@cindex eight-byte integer
6119@cindex integer, 8-byte
6120
6121The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6122hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6123@end ifclear
6124@ifset bignum-16
6125a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6126warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6127@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6128@cindex integer, 16-byte
6129@end ifset
6130
05e9452c
AM
6131@node Reloc
6132@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6133
6134@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6135Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6136@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6137the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6138symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6139@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6140absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6141targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6142relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6143section.
6144
252b5132
RH
6145@node Rept
6146@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6147
6148@cindex @code{rept} directive
6149Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6150@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6151
6152For example, assembling
6153
6154@example
6155 .rept 3
6156 .long 0
6157 .endr
6158@end example
6159
6160is equivalent to assembling
6161
6162@example
6163 .long 0
6164 .long 0
6165 .long 0
6166@end example
6167
6168@node Sbttl
6169@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6170
6171@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6172@cindex subtitles for listings
6173@cindex listing control: subtitle
6174Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6175title line) when generating assembly listings.
6176
6177This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6178it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6179
6180@ifset COFF
6181@node Scl
6182@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6183
6184@cindex @code{scl} directive
6185@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6186@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6187Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6188used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6189whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6190symbolic debugging information.
6191@ifset BOUT
6192
6193The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 6194configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6195accepts this directive but ignores it.
6196@end ifset
6197@end ifset
6198
c1253627 6199@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6200@node Section
c1253627 6201@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6202
252b5132
RH
6203@cindex named section
6204Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6205named @var{name}.
6206
6207This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6208named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6209with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6210
c1253627
NC
6211@ifset COFF
6212@ifset ELF
6213@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6214@subheading COFF Version
6215@end ifset
6216
6217@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6218For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6219ways:
c91d2e08 6220
252b5132
RH
6221@smallexample
6222.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6223.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6224@end smallexample
6225
6226If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6227section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
6228@table @code
6229@item b
6230bss section (uninitialized data)
6231@item n
6232section is not loaded
6233@item w
6234writable section
6235@item d
6236data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6237@item e
6238exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6239@item r
6240read-only section
6241@item x
6242executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6243@item s
6244shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6245@item a
6246ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6247@item y
6248section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6249@item 0-9
6250single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6251@end table
6252
6253If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6254the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6255loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6256from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6257will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6258
6259If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6260taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6261@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6262
6263@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6264@ifset COFF
6265@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6266@subheading ELF Version
6267@end ifset
6268
c91d2e08
NC
6269@cindex Section Stack
6270This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6271@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6272(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6273@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6274
c1253627 6275@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6276For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6277
252b5132 6278@smallexample
7047dd1e 6279.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6280@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6281
451133ce
NP
6282@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6283@kindex --sectname-subst
6284@cindex section name substitution
6285If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6286argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6287at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6288
6289@smallexample
6290.macro exception_code
6291.section %S.exception
6292[exception code here]
6293.previous
6294.endm
6295
6296.text
6297[code]
6298exception_code
6299[...]
6300
6301.section .init
6302[init code]
6303exception_code
6304[...]
6305@end smallexample
6306
6307The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6308@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
6309This is useful e.g. to discriminate between anciliary sections that are
6310tied to setup code to be discarded after use from anciliary sections that
6311need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6312macros just for that purpose.
6313
252b5132 6314The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6315combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
6316@table @code
6317@item a
6318section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
6319@item e
6320section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6321@item w
6322section is writable
6323@item x
6324section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6325@item M
6326section is mergeable
6327@item S
6328section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6329@item G
6330section is a member of a section group
6331@item T
6332section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6333@item ?
6334section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
6335@end table
6336
6337The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
6338@table @code
6339@item @@progbits
6340section contains data
6341@item @@nobits
6342section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6343@item @@note
6344section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6345@item @@init_array
6346section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6347@item @@fini_array
6348section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6349@item @@preinit_array
6350section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
6351@end table
6352
10b016c2
PB
6353Many targets only support the first three section types.
6354
ececec60
NC
6355Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6356ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6357@code{%} character.
6358
22fe14ad 6359If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6360be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6361
6362@smallexample
6363.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6364@end smallexample
6365
6366Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6367constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6368@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6369@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6370the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6371absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6372which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6373@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6374@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6375
6376If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6377be present along with an additional field like this:
6378
6379@smallexample
6380.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6381@end smallexample
6382
6383The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6384particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
6385@table @code
6386@item comdat
6387indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6388@item .gnu.linkonce
6389an alias for comdat
6390@end table
6391
96e9638b 6392Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6393the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6394
6395@smallexample
6396.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6397@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6398
01642c12
RM
6399If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6400@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6401present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6402this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6403@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6404If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6405
252b5132
RH
6406If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6407the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6408none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6409executable. The section will contain data.
6410
6411For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6412directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6413
252b5132
RH
6414@smallexample
6415.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6416@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6417
252b5132
RH
6418Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6419separated flags:
6420@table @code
6421@item #alloc
6422section is allocatable
6423@item #write
6424section is writable
6425@item #execinstr
6426section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6427@item #exclude
6428section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6429@item #tls
6430section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6431@end table
c91d2e08 6432
e9863d7f
DJ
6433This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6434contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6435some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6436work.
c1253627
NC
6437@end ifset
6438@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6439
6440@node Set
6441@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6442
6443@cindex @code{set} directive
6444@cindex symbol value, setting
6445Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6446changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6447@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6448flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6449
5d239759
NC
6450You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6451values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6452involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6453being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6454addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6455final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6456the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6457different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6458
6459If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6460file is the last value stored into it.
6461
3c9b82ba
NC
6462@ifset Z80
6463On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6464@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6465@end ifset
6466
252b5132
RH
6467@node Short
6468@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6469
6470@cindex @code{short} directive
6471@ifset GENERIC
6472@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6473@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6474
6475In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6476numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6477@end ifset
6478@ifclear GENERIC
6479@ifset W16
6480@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6481@end ifset
6482@ifset W32
6483This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6484a 16 bit number for each.
6485@end ifset
6486@end ifclear
6487
6488@node Single
6489@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6490
6491@cindex @code{single} directive
6492@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6493This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6494has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6495@ifset GENERIC
6496The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6497@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6498@end ifset
6499@ifclear GENERIC
6500@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6501On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6502numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6503@end ifset
6504@end ifclear
6505
c1253627 6506@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6507@node Size
c1253627 6508@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6509
c1253627
NC
6510This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6511
6512@ifset COFF
6513@ifset ELF
6514@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6515@subheading COFF Version
6516@end ifset
6517
6518@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6519For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6520@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6521
6522@smallexample
6523.size @var{expression}
6524@end smallexample
252b5132 6525
c91d2e08 6526@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6527@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6528@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6529ignores it.
6530@end ifset
c1253627 6531@end ifset
c91d2e08 6532
c1253627
NC
6533@ifset ELF
6534@ifset COFF
6535@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6536@subheading ELF Version
6537@end ifset
6538
6539@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6540For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6541
c1253627
NC
6542@smallexample
6543.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6544@end smallexample
6545
6546This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6547The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6548arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6549symbols.
c1253627
NC
6550@end ifset
6551@end ifset
252b5132 6552
252b5132
RH
6553@ifclear no-space-dir
6554@node Skip
6555@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6556
6557@cindex @code{skip} directive
6558@cindex filling memory
6559This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6560@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6561@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6562@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6563@end ifclear
252b5132 6564
ccf8a69b
BW
6565@node Sleb128
6566@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6567
6568@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6569@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6570compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6571symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6572
884f0d36 6573@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6574@node Space
6575@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6576
6577@cindex @code{space} directive
6578@cindex filling memory
6579This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6580@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6581and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6582as @samp{.skip}.
6583
6584@ifset HPPA
6585@quotation
6586@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6587targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6588Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6589@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6590for a summary.
6591@end quotation
6592@end ifset
6593@end ifclear
6594
252b5132
RH
6595@ifset have-stabs
6596@node Stab
6597@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6598
6599@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6600@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6601There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6602All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6603The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6604cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6605Up to five fields are required:
6606
6607@table @var
6608@item string
6609This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6610@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6611debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6612using this field.
6613
6614@item type
6615An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6616this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6617and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6618
6619@item other
6620An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6621low 8 bits of this expression.
6622
6623@item desc
6624An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6625bits of this expression.
6626
6627@item value
6628An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6629@end table
6630
6631If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6632or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6633you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6634compatible with earlier assemblers!
6635
6636@table @code
6637@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6638@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6639
6640The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6641It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6642null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6643strings.
6644
6645The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6646relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6647is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6648assembled.
6649
6650@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6651@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6652The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6653
6654@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6655@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6656All five fields are specified.
6657@end table
6658@end ifset
6659@c end have-stabs
6660
6661@node String
38a57ae7 6662@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6663"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6664
6665@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6666@cindex string8, copying to object file
6667@cindex string16, copying to object file
6668@cindex string32, copying to object file
6669@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6670@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6671@cindex @code{string8} directive
6672@cindex @code{string16} directive
6673@cindex @code{string32} directive
6674@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6675
6676Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6677one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6678particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6679You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6680
01642c12 6681The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6682the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6683copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6684are stored in target endianness byte order.
6685
6686Example:
6687@smallexample
6688 .string32 "BYE"
6689expands to:
6690 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6691 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6692@end smallexample
6693
6694
252b5132
RH
6695@node Struct
6696@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6697
6698@cindex @code{struct} directive
6699Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6700which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6701@smallexample
6702 .struct 0
6703field1:
6704 .struct field1 + 4
6705field2:
6706 .struct field2 + 4
6707field3:
6708@end smallexample
6709This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6710@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6711value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6712use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6713before further assembly.
6714
c91d2e08
NC
6715@ifset ELF
6716@node SubSection
6717@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6718
c1253627 6719@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6720@cindex Section Stack
6721This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6722@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6723@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6724(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6725
6726This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6727section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6728in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6729@end ifset
6730
252b5132
RH
6731@ifset ELF
6732@node Symver
6733@section @code{.symver}
6734@cindex @code{symver} directive
6735@cindex symbol versioning
6736@cindex versions of symbols
6737Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6738within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6739typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6740There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6741into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6742shared library.
6743
79082ff0 6744For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6745@smallexample
6746.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6747@end smallexample
339681c0 6748If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6749being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6750alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6751just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6752permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6753of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6754itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6755have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6756file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6757function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6758the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6759building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6760symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6761nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6762
6763If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6764references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6765reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6766symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6767
6768Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6769@smallexample
6770.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6771@end smallexample
6772In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6773the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6774difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6775references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6776
6777The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6778@smallexample
6779.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6780@end smallexample
6781When @var{name} is not defined within the
6782file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6783@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6784name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6785@end ifset
6786
6787@ifset COFF
6788@node Tag
6789@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6790
6791@cindex COFF structure debugging
6792@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6793@cindex @code{tag} directive
6794This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6795information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6796@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6797definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6798@ifset BOUT
6799
6800@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6801@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6802ignores it.
6803@end ifset
6804@end ifset
6805
6806@node Text
6807@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6808
6809@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6810Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6811the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6812expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6813is used.
6814
6815@node Title
6816@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6817
6818@cindex @code{title} directive
6819@cindex listing control: title line
6820Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6821source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6822
6823This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6824it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6825
c1253627 6826@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6827@node Type
c1253627
NC
6828@section @code{.type}
6829
6830This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6831
6832@ifset COFF
6833@ifset ELF
6834@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6835@subheading COFF Version
6836@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6837
6838@cindex COFF symbol type
6839@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6840@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6841For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6842@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6843
6844@smallexample
6845.type @var{int}
6846@end smallexample
6847
6848This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6849entry.
252b5132 6850
c91d2e08 6851@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6852@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6853@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6854directive but ignores it.
6855@end ifset
c1253627 6856@end ifset
c91d2e08 6857
c1253627
NC
6858@ifset ELF
6859@ifset COFF
6860@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6861@subheading ELF Version
6862@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6863
6864@cindex ELF symbol type
6865@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6866@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6867For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6868
6869@smallexample
6870.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6871@end smallexample
6872
6873This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6874function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6875supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6876compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6877
6878Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6879@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6880below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6881the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6882maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6883assemblers.
6884
6885The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6886
6887@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6888 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6889 .type <name>,#<type>
6890 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6891 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6892 .type <name>,"<type>"
6893@end smallexample
6894
6895The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6896
5671778d
NC
6897@table @gcctabopt
6898@item STT_FUNC
6899@itemx function
6900Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6901
d8045f23
NC
6902@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6903@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6904Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 6905processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 6906
5671778d
NC
6907@item STT_OBJECT
6908@itemx object
6909Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6910
6911@item STT_TLS
6912@itemx tls_object
6913Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6914
6915@item STT_COMMON
6916@itemx common
6917Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6918
6919@item STT_NOTYPE
6920@itemx notype
6921Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6922
3e7a7d11
NC
6923@item gnu_unique_object
6924Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6925will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
6926name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
6927systems).
3e7a7d11 6928
5671778d
NC
6929@end table
6930
6931Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6932
c1253627
NC
6933@end ifset
6934@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6935
6936@node Uleb128
6937@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6938
6939@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6940@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6941compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6942symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6943
6944@ifset COFF
6945@node Val
6946@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6947
6948@cindex @code{val} directive
6949@cindex COFF value attribute
6950@cindex value attribute, COFF
6951This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6952records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6953entry.
6954@ifset BOUT
6955
a4fb0134 6956@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6957configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6958@end ifset
6959@end ifset
6960
2e13b764 6961@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6962@node Version
6963@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6964
c1253627 6965@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6966This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6967formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6968@end ifset
2e13b764 6969
c91d2e08
NC
6970@ifset ELF
6971@node VTableEntry
6972@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6973
653cfe85 6974@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6975This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6976@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6977
c91d2e08
NC
6978@node VTableInherit
6979@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6980
653cfe85 6981@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6982This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6983@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6984parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6985parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6986@end ifset
2e13b764 6987
d190d046
HPN
6988@node Warning
6989@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6990@cindex warning directive
6991Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6992(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6993
c91d2e08
NC
6994@node Weak
6995@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6996
c1253627 6997@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6998This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6999@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7000
01642c12 7001On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7002directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7003@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7004
977cdf5a 7005On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7006When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7007alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7008
06e77878
AO
7009@node Weakref
7010@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7011
7012@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7013This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7014be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7015If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7016will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7017symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7018
7019The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7020assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7021symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7022resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7023had the references to the alias removed.
7024
7025The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7026within the assembler.
7027
252b5132
RH
7028@node Word
7029@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7030
7031@cindex @code{word} directive
7032This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7033separated by commas.
7034@ifclear GENERIC
7035@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7036For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7037@end ifset
7038@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7039For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7040@end ifset
7041@end ifclear
7042@ifset GENERIC
7043
7044The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7045depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7046@end ifset
7047
7048@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
7049@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7050@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7051@cindex difference tables altered
7052@cindex altered difference tables
7053@quotation
7054@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7055@end quotation
7056
7057@ifset GENERIC
7058Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7059addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7060interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7061@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7062
7063@end ifset
7064In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7065@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7066Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7067compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7068directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7069@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7070creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7071This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7072first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7073of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7074table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7075contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7076@code{sym2}.
7077
7078If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7079secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7080@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7081long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7082and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7083minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7084entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7085
7086@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7087@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7088@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7089assembly language programmers.
7090@end ifset
7091@end ifset
7092@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7093
7ce98c16
NC
7094@ifclear no-space-dir
7095@node Zero
7096@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7097
7098@cindex @code{zero} directive
7099@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7100This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7101expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7102so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7103instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7104@end ifclear
7105
252b5132
RH
7106@node Deprecated
7107@section Deprecated Directives
7108
7109@cindex deprecated directives
7110@cindex obsolescent directives
7111One day these directives won't work.
7112They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7113@table @t
7114@item .abort
7115@item .line
7116@end table
7117
3a99f02f
DJ
7118@ifset ELF
7119@node Object Attributes
7120@chapter Object Attributes
7121@cindex object attributes
7122
7123@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7124into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7125Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7126point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7127requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7128passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7129hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7130generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7131newer generation at run-time.
7132
7133This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7134@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7135time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7136correctly.
7137
7138Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7139attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7140string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7141and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7142or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7143attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7144
7145Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7146The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7147
7148@menu
7149* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7150* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7151@end menu
7152
7153@node GNU Object Attributes
7154@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7155
7156The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7157with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7158
7159Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7160its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7161an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
71622} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7163architecture-dependent ones.
7164
7165@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7166
7167These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7168
7169@table @r
7170@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7171The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7172the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7173then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7174than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7175arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7176@end table
7177
7178@subsection MIPS Attributes
7179
7180@table @r
7181@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7182The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7183
7184@itemize @bullet
7185@item
71860 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7187@item
f179c512
MF
71881 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7189double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7190@item
71912 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7192@item
71933 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7194@item
f179c512
MF
71954 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7196floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7197number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7198@item
71995 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7200with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7201general-purpose registers.
7202@item
72036 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7204registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7205@item
72067 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7207registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7208direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7209@end itemize
7210@end table
7211
7212@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7213
7214@table @r
7215@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7216The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7217
7218@itemize @bullet
7219@item
72200 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7221@item
3c7b9897 72221 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7223@item
72242 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7225@item
72263 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7227@end itemize
7228
7229@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7230The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7231
7232@itemize @bullet
7233@item
72340 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7235@item
72361 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7237@item
72382 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7239@item
72403 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7241@end itemize
7242@end table
7243
643f7afb
AK
7244@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7245
7246@table @r
7247@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7248The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7249
7250@itemize @bullet
7251@item
72520 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7253@item
72541 for files using software vector ABI.
7255@item
72562 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7257@end itemize
7258@end table
7259
3a99f02f
DJ
7260@node Defining New Object Attributes
7261@section Defining New Object Attributes
7262
7263If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7264will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7265mailing list.
7266
7267@itemize @bullet
7268@item
7269This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7270@item
7271The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7272@item
7273The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7274and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7275@item
7276Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7277@item
7278@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7279@item
7280GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7281@end itemize
7282
7283@end ifset
7284
252b5132
RH
7285@ifset GENERIC
7286@node Machine Dependencies
7287@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7288
7289@cindex machine dependencies
7290The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7291each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7292vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7293directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7294assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7295@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7296optimization.
7297
7298This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7299include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7300subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7301
7302@menu
a06ea964
NC
7303@ifset AARCH64
7304* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7305@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7306@ifset ALPHA
7307* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7308@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7309@ifset ARC
7310* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7311@end ifset
7312@ifset ARM
7313* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7314@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7315@ifset AVR
7316* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7317@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7318@ifset Blackfin
7319* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7320@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7321@ifset CR16
7322* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7323@end ifset
8bf549a8 7324@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7325* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7326@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7327@ifset D10V
7328* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7329@end ifset
7330@ifset D30V
7331* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7332@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7333@ifset EPIPHANY
7334* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7335@end ifset
252b5132 7336@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7337* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7338@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7339@ifset HPPA
7340* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7341@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
7342@ifset I370
7343* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
7344@end ifset
252b5132 7345@ifset I80386
55b62671 7346* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7347@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
7348@ifset I860
7349* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
7350@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7351@ifset I960
7352* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
7353@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7354@ifset IA64
7355* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7356@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7357@ifset IP2K
7358* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7359@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7360@ifset LM32
7361* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7362@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7363@ifset M32C
7364* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7365@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7366@ifset M32R
7367* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7368@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7369@ifset M680X0
7370* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7371@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7372@ifset M68HC11
7373* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7374@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7375@ifset METAG
7376* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7377@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7378@ifset MICROBLAZE
7379* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7380@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7381@ifset MIPS
7382* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7383@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7384@ifset MMIX
7385* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7386@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7387@ifset MSP430
7388* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7389@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7390@ifset NDS32
7391* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7392@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7393@ifset NIOSII
7394* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7395@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7396@ifset NS32K
7397* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7398@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7399@ifset PDP11
7400* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7401@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7402@ifset PJ
7403* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7404@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7405@ifset PPC
7406* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7407@end ifset
99c513f6
DD
7408@ifset RL78
7409* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7410@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7411@ifset RX
7412* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7413@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7414@ifset S390
7415* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7416@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7417@ifset SCORE
7418* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7419@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7420@ifset SH
7421* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
7422* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
7423@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7424@ifset SPARC
7425* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7426@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7427@ifset TIC54X
7428* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7429@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7430@ifset TIC6X
7431* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7432@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7433@ifset TILEGX
7434* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7435@end ifset
7436@ifset TILEPRO
7437* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7438@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7439@ifset V850
7440* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7441@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7442@ifset VAX
7443* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7444@end ifset
7445@ifset VISIUM
7446* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7447@end ifset
f6c1a2d5
NC
7448@ifset XGATE
7449* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Features
7450@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7451@ifset XSTORMY16
7452* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7453@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7454@ifset XTENSA
7455* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7456@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7457@ifset Z80
7458* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7459@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7460@ifset Z8000
7461* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7462@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7463@end menu
7464
7465@lowersections
7466@end ifset
7467
7468@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7469@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7470@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7471@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7472@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7473@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7474@c in both conditional blocks.
7475
a06ea964
NC
7476@ifset AARCH64
7477@include c-aarch64.texi
7478@end ifset
7479
625e1353
RH
7480@ifset ALPHA
7481@include c-alpha.texi
7482@end ifset
7483
7484@ifset ARC
7485@include c-arc.texi
7486@end ifset
7487
252b5132
RH
7488@ifset ARM
7489@include c-arm.texi
7490@end ifset
7491
8473f7a4
DC
7492@ifset AVR
7493@include c-avr.texi
7494@end ifset
7495
3b4e1885 7496@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7497@include c-bfin.texi
7498@end ifset
7499
3d3d428f
NC
7500@ifset CR16
7501@include c-cr16.texi
7502@end ifset
7503
328eb32e
HPN
7504@ifset CRIS
7505@include c-cris.texi
7506@end ifset
7507
c2dcd04e 7508@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7509@ifclear GENERIC
7510@node Machine Dependencies
7511@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7512
c2dcd04e 7513The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7514and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7515chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7516family.
7517
7518@menu
c2dcd04e 7519* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7520* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7521@end menu
7522@lowersections
7523@end ifclear
7524@end ifset
7525
7526@ifset D10V
7527@include c-d10v.texi
7528@end ifset
7529
7530@ifset D30V
7531@include c-d30v.texi
7532@end ifset
7533
cfb8c092
NC
7534@ifset EPIPHANY
7535@include c-epiphany.texi
7536@end ifset
7537
252b5132
RH
7538@ifset H8/300
7539@include c-h8300.texi
7540@end ifset
7541
252b5132
RH
7542@ifset HPPA
7543@include c-hppa.texi
7544@end ifset
7545
5b93d8bb
AM
7546@ifset I370
7547@include c-i370.texi
7548@end ifset
7549
252b5132
RH
7550@ifset I80386
7551@include c-i386.texi
7552@end ifset
7553
e3308d0d
JE
7554@ifset I860
7555@include c-i860.texi
7556@end ifset
7557
252b5132
RH
7558@ifset I960
7559@include c-i960.texi
7560@end ifset
7561
9e32ca89
NC
7562@ifset IA64
7563@include c-ia64.texi
7564@end ifset
7565
a40cbfa3
NC
7566@ifset IP2K
7567@include c-ip2k.texi
7568@end ifset
7569
84e94c90
NC
7570@ifset LM32
7571@include c-lm32.texi
7572@end ifset
7573
49f58d10
JB
7574@ifset M32C
7575@include c-m32c.texi
7576@end ifset
7577
ec694b89
NC
7578@ifset M32R
7579@include c-m32r.texi
7580@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7581
7582@ifset M680X0
7583@include c-m68k.texi
7584@end ifset
7585
60bcf0fa
NC
7586@ifset M68HC11
7587@include c-m68hc11.texi
7588@end ifset
7589
a3c62988
NC
7590@ifset METAG
7591@include c-metag.texi
7592@end ifset
7593
01642c12 7594@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7595@include c-microblaze.texi
7596@end ifset
7597
252b5132
RH
7598@ifset MIPS
7599@include c-mips.texi
7600@end ifset
7601
3c3bdf30
NC
7602@ifset MMIX
7603@include c-mmix.texi
7604@end ifset
7605
2469cfa2
NC
7606@ifset MSP430
7607@include c-msp430.texi
7608@end ifset
7609
35c08157
KLC
7610@ifset NDS32
7611@include c-nds32.texi
7612@end ifset
7613
36591ba1
SL
7614@ifset NIOSII
7615@include c-nios2.texi
7616@end ifset
7617
252b5132
RH
7618@ifset NS32K
7619@include c-ns32k.texi
7620@end ifset
7621
e135f41b
NC
7622@ifset PDP11
7623@include c-pdp11.texi
7624@end ifset
7625
041dd5a9
ILT
7626@ifset PJ
7627@include c-pj.texi
7628@end ifset
7629
418c1742
MG
7630@ifset PPC
7631@include c-ppc.texi
7632@end ifset
7633
99c513f6
DD
7634@ifset RL78
7635@include c-rl78.texi
7636@end ifset
7637
046d31c2
NC
7638@ifset RX
7639@include c-rx.texi
7640@end ifset
7641
11c19e16
MS
7642@ifset S390
7643@include c-s390.texi
7644@end ifset
7645
c0157db4
NC
7646@ifset SCORE
7647@include c-score.texi
7648@end ifset
7649
252b5132
RH
7650@ifset SH
7651@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7652@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7653@end ifset
7654
7655@ifset SPARC
7656@include c-sparc.texi
7657@end ifset
7658
39bec121
TW
7659@ifset TIC54X
7660@include c-tic54x.texi
7661@end ifset
7662
40b36596
JM
7663@ifset TIC6X
7664@include c-tic6x.texi
7665@end ifset
7666
aa137e4d
NC
7667@ifset TILEGX
7668@include c-tilegx.texi
7669@end ifset
7670
7671@ifset TILEPRO
7672@include c-tilepro.texi
7673@end ifset
7674
b6605ddd
EB
7675@ifset V850
7676@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7677@end ifset
7678
7679@ifset VAX
7680@include c-vax.texi
7681@end ifset
7682
b6605ddd
EB
7683@ifset VISIUM
7684@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7685@end ifset
7686
f6c1a2d5
NC
7687@ifset XGATE
7688@include c-xgate.texi
7689@end ifset
7690
6753e72f
NC
7691@ifset XSTORMY16
7692@include c-xstormy16.texi
7693@end ifset
7694
e0001a05
NC
7695@ifset XTENSA
7696@include c-xtensa.texi
7697@end ifset
7698
b6605ddd
EB
7699@ifset Z80
7700@include c-z80.texi
7701@end ifset
7702
7703@ifset Z8000
7704@include c-z8k.texi
7705@end ifset
7706
252b5132
RH
7707@ifset GENERIC
7708@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7709@raisesections
7710@end ifset
7711
7712@node Reporting Bugs
7713@chapter Reporting Bugs
7714@cindex bugs in assembler
7715@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7716
a4fb0134 7717Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7718
7719Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7720not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7721entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7722Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7723
7724In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7725information that enables us to fix the bug.
7726
7727@menu
7728* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7729* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7730@end menu
7731
7732@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7733@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7734@cindex bug criteria
7735
7736If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7737
7738@itemize @bullet
7739@cindex fatal signal
7740@cindex assembler crash
7741@cindex crash of assembler
7742@item
7743If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7744@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7745
7746@cindex error on valid input
7747@item
a4fb0134 7748If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7749
7750@cindex invalid input
7751@item
a4fb0134 7752If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7753is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7754be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7755
7756@item
7757If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7758of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7759@end itemize
7760
7761@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7762@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7763@cindex bug reports
7764@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7765
7766A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7767you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7768contact that organization first.
7769
7770You can find contact information for many support companies and
7771individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7772distribution.
7773
ad22bfe8 7774@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7775In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7776to @value{BUGURL}.
7777@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7778
7779The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7780@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7781fact or leave it out, state it!
7782
7783Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7784and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7785name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7786not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7787happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7788perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7789the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7790give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7791and the most helpful.
7792
7793Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7794it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7795that the bug has not been reported previously.
7796
7797Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7798bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7799respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7800You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7801
7802To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7803
7804@itemize @bullet
7805@item
a4fb0134 7806The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7807it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7808
7809Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7810the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7811
7812@item
a4fb0134 7813Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7814
7815@item
7816The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7817version number.
7818
7819@item
a4fb0134 7820What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7821``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7822
7823@item
7824The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7825observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7826all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7827
7828If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7829and then we might not encounter the bug.
7830
7831@item
7832A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7833the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7834high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7835when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7836the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7837file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7838@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7839
7840@item
7841A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7842incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7843
a4fb0134 7844Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7845will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7846notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7847make a mistake.
7848
7849Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7850explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7851@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7852library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7853would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7854would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7855expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7856observations.
7857
7858@item
a4fb0134 7859If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7860diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7861option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7862discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7863by line number.
7864
7865The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7866sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7867@end itemize
7868
7869Here are some things that are not necessary:
7870
7871@itemize @bullet
7872@item
7873A description of the envelope of the bug.
7874
7875Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7876which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7877changes will not affect it.
7878
7879This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7880will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7881with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7882We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7883
7884Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7885of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7886output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7887less time, and so on.
7888
7889However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7890report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7891
7892@item
7893A patch for the bug.
7894
7895A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7896the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7897a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7898to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7899
a4fb0134 7900Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7901construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7902the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7903one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7904
7905And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7906patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7907help us to understand.
7908
7909@item
7910A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7911
7912Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7913things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7914@end itemize
7915
7916@node Acknowledgements
7917@chapter Acknowledgements
7918
653cfe85 7919If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7920it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 7921maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
7922@c (October 2012),
7923the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
7924
7925Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7926more details?}
7927
7928Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7929information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7930extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7931
7932K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7933many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7934up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7935testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7936including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7937and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7938support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7939port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7940file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7941assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7942
7943Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7944in format-specific I/O modules.
7945
7946The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7947has done much work with it since.
7948
7949The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7950
7951Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7952
7953The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7954University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7955
7956Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7957(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7958(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7959support a.out format.
7960
7be1c489
AM
7961Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7962tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7963Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7964use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7965targets.
7966
7967John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7968simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7969updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7970fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7971remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7972cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7973required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7974
7975Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
797668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7977added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7978PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7979
653cfe85 7980Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7981
7982Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7983
7984Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7985along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7986formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7987the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7988
7989Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7990Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7991Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7992Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7993and some initial 64-bit support).
7994
c1253627 7995Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7996
252b5132
RH
7997Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7998support for openVMS/Alpha.
7999
39bec121
TW
8000Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8001flavors.
8002
e0001a05 8003David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8004Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8005
252b5132
RH
8006Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8007configuration enhancements.
8008
84e94c90
NC
8009Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8010
252b5132
RH
8011Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8012you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8013want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8014intentionally leaving anyone out.
8015
793c5807
NC
8016@node GNU Free Documentation License
8017@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8018@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8019
370b66a1
CD
8020@node AS Index
8021@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8022
8023@printindex cp
8024
252b5132
RH
8025@bye
8026@c Local Variables:
8027@c fill-column: 79
8028@c End:
This page took 1.216535 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.